UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 20202023

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM          TO         

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 1-11151

U.S. PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC.
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)


NEVADA 76-0364866
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION
OR ORGANIZATION)
 (I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.)

1300 WEST SAM HOUSTON PARKWAY SOUTH,
SUITE 300,
HOUSTON, TEXAS
 77042
(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES) (ZIP CODE)

REGISTRANT’S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE: (713) 297-7000
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT:

Title of Each ClassTrading SymbolName of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, $.01 par valueUSPHNew York Stock Exchange

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT: NONE



Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filerAccelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company
  Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☑

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. Yes ☐ No ☑

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). Yes ☐ No ☑

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes   No

The aggregate market value of the shares of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant at June 30, 20202023 was $565.3 million$1.1 billion based on the closing sale price reported on the NYSE for the registrant’s common stock on June 30, 2020,2023, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter. For purposes of this computation, all executive officers, directors and 5% or greater beneficial owners of the registrant were deemed to be affiliates. Such determination should not be deemed an admission that such executive officers, directors and beneficial owners are, in fact, affiliates of the registrant.

As of  March 1, 2021,February 29, 2024, the number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock, par value $.01 per share, was: 12,897,096.15,068,426.





DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

DOCUMENTPART OF FORM 10-K
Portions of Definitive Proxy Statement for the 20212024 Annual Meeting of ShareholdersPart III



Table of Contents



Page
PART I 



Item 1.4
Item 1A.15
Item 1B.2224
Item 1C.24
Item 2.2226
Item 3.2226
Item 4.2327
  
PART II
  
Item 5.2328
Item 6.29
Item 7.2530
Item 7.7A.4046
Item 8.4147
 49
Item 9.7486
Item 9A.7486
Item 9B.7587
Item 9C.87
   
PART III
  
Item 10.7587
Item 11.7587
Item 12.7587
Item 13.7587
Item 14.7587
   
PART IV
  
Item 15.7587
Item 16.7595
8296

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

We make statements in this report that are considered to be forward-looking statements within the meaning given such term under Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These statements contain forward-looking information relating to the financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business of our Company. These statements (often using words such as “believes”, “expects”, “intends”, “plans”, “appear”, “should” and similar words) involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those we project. Included among such statements, but not limited to, are those relating to opening clinics, availability of personnel and the insurance reimbursement environment. The forward-looking statements are based on our current views and assumptions, and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements as a result of certain risks, uncertainties, and factors, which include, but are not limited to:
business can be affected by certain risks, uncertainties and factors which include, but are not limited to:

the multiple effects of the impact of public health crises and epidemics/pandemics, such as the novel strain of COVID-19 (coronavirus) for which the financial magnitude cannot be currently estimated;
changes as the result of government enacted national healthcare reform;
changes in Medicare rules and guidelines and reimbursement or failure of our clinics to maintain their Medicare certification and/or enrollment status, including Medicare reimbursement reductions.status;
revenue we receive from Medicare and Medicaid being subject to potential retroactive reduction;
businesschanges in reimbursement rates or payment methods from third party payors including government agencies, and regulatory conditions including federalchanges in the deductibles and state regulations;
governmental and other third-party payor inspections, reviews, investigations and audits, which may result in sanctions or reputational harm and increased costs;co-pays owed by patients;
compliance with federal and state laws and regulations relating to the privacy of individually identifiable patient information, and associated fines and penalties for failure to comply;
changes in reimbursement rates or payment methods from third party payors including government agencies, and changes in the deductibles and co-pays owed by patients;
revenue and earnings expectations;
legal actions, which could subject us to increased operating costs and uninsured liabilities;
general economic conditions;
availability and cost of qualified physical therapists;
personnel productivity and retaining key personnel;
competitive, economic or reimbursement conditions in our markets which may require us to reorganize or close certain clinics and thereby incur losses and/or closure costs including the possible write-down or write-off of goodwill and other intangible assets;assets;
the impact of future public health crises and epidemics/pandemics, such as was the case with the novel strain of COVID-19 and its variants;
one of our acquisition agreements contains a put-right related to a future purchase of a majority interest in a separate company;
the impact of future vaccinations and/or testing mandates at the federal, state and/or local level, which could have an adverse impact on staffing, revenue, costs and the results of operations;
our debt and financial obligations could adversely affect our financial condition, our ability to obtain future financing and our ability to operate our business;
changes as the result of government enacted national healthcare reform;
business and regulatory conditions including federal and state regulations;
governmental and other third party payor inspections, reviews, investigations and audits, which may result in sanctions or reputational harm and increased costs;
revenue and earnings expectations;
contingent consideration provisions in certain our acquisition agreements, the value of which may impact future financial results;
legal actions, which could subject us to increased operating costs and uninsured liabilities;
general economic conditions, including but not limited to inflationary and recessionary periods;
actual or perceived events involving banking volatility or limited liability, defaults or other adverse developments that affect the U.S or the international financial systems, may result in market wide liquidity problems which could have a material and adverse impact on our available cash and results of operations;
our business depends on hiring, training, and retaining qualified employees;
availability and cost of qualified physical therapists;
competitive environment in the industrial injury prevention services business, which could result in the termination or non-renewal of contractual service arrangements and other adverse financial consequences for that service line;
our ability to identify and complete acquisitions, purchase of non-controlling interests (minority interests) and the successful integration of the operations of the acquired businesses;businesses;
impact on the business and cash reserves resulting from retirement or resignation of key partners and resulting purchase of their non-controlling interest (minority interests);
maintaining our information technology systems with adequate safeguards to protect against cyber-attacks;
a security breach of our or our third party vendors’ information technology systems may subject us to potential legal action and reputational harm and may result in a violation of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 of the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act;
maintaining clients for which we perform management, industrial injury prevention related services, and other services, as a breach or termination of those contractual arrangements by such clients could cause operating results to be less than expected;

maintaining adequate internal controls;controls;
maintaining necessary insurance coverage;
availability, terms, and use of capital; and
weather and other seasonal factors.

Many factors are beyond our control. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Please see the other sections of this report and our other periodic reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for more information on these factors. Our forward-looking statements represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this report. Except as required by law, we are under no obligation to update any forward-looking statement, regardless of the reason the statement may no longer be accurate.


3

PART I

ITEM 1.BUSINESS.BUSINESS

GENERAL

Our Company, U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc. and subsidiaries (“we”(collectively, “we”, “us”, “our” or the “Company”), operates its business through two reportable business segments. Our reportable segments includeconsist of the physical therapy operations segment and the industrial injury prevention services segment. Our Company, through itsThrough our subsidiaries, operateswe operate outpatient physical therapy clinics that provide pre-and post-operative care for a variety of orthopedic-related disorders and sports-related injuries, treatment for neurological-related injuries and rehabilitation of injured workers. We primarily operate through subsidiary clinic partnerships in which we generally own a 1% general partnership interest and a 10% to 99% limited partnership interest and the managing therapist(s) of the clinics owns the remaining limited partnership interest in the majority of the clinics (hereinafter referred to as “Clinic Partnerships”). To a lesser extent, we operate some clinics through wholly-owned subsidiaries under profit sharing arrangements with therapists (hereinafter referred to as “Wholly-Owned Facilities”). We also have a majority interest in a companybusinesses which is aare leading providerproviders of industrial injury prevention services.services (“IIP”). Services provided in this business include onsite injury prevention and rehabilitation, performance optimization, post-offer employment testing, functional capacity evaluations and ergonomic assessments. The majority of thesethe IIP services are contracted with and paid for directly by employers, including a number of Fortune 500 companies. Other clients include large insurers and their contractors. These services are performed through Industrial Sports Medicine Professionals, consisting primarily of both physical therapists and specialized certified athletic trainers (ATCs).

Our strategy is to acquire multi-clinic outpatient physical therapy practices, to develop outpatient physical therapy clinics as satellites in existing partnerships, and to continue to acquire companies that provide industrial injury prevention services. At December 31, 2020, we operated 554 clinics in 39 states. The average age of the 554 clinics in operation at December 31, 2020 was 11.03 years. Our highest concentration of clinics are in the following states: Texas, Tennessee, Michigan, Virginia, Florida, Oregon, Maryland, Georgia, Pennsylvania, Arizona, Idaho and Missouri. In addition to our 554 clinics, at December 31, 2020, we also managed 38 physical therapy practices for unrelated physician groups and hospitals, and operated the industrial injury prevention business, as described below.

During the last three years, we completed the following acquisitions:

Acquisition Date 
% Interest
Acquired
 
Number of
Clinics
November 2020 Acquisition November 30, 2020 75% 3
September 2020 Acquisition September 30, 2020 70% *
February 2020 Acquisition February 27, 2020 65% ** 4
September 2019 Acquisition September 30, 2019 67% 11
August 2018 Acquisition August 31, 2018 70% 4

*The business includes six management and services contracts which had a remaining term of approximately five years as of the date acquired.

**The four clinics are in four separate partnerships. The Company's interest in the four partnerships   range from 10.0% to 83.8%, with an overall 65.0% based on the initial purchase transaction.

In addition to the above acquisitions, in March 2017, we acquired a 55% interest in the initial industrial injury prevention business. On April 30, 2018, we acquired a 65% interest in another business in the industrial injury prevention sector and in connection with the closing we combined the two businesses. After the combination, we owned a 59.45% interest in the combined business, Briotix Health, Limited Partnership (“Briotix Health”ATCs”). On April 11, 2019, we acquired a third company that is a provider of industrial injury prevention services. This acquired company specializes in delivering injury prevention and care, post offer employment testing, functional capacity evaluations and return-to-work services. It performs these services across a network in 45 states including onsite at eleven client locations. After the acquisition, the business was then combined with Briotix Health increasing our ownership position in Briotix to approximately 76.0%.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we sold 14 previously closed clinics. The aggregate sales price was $1.1 million, of which $0.7 million was paid in cash and $0.4 million in a note receivable, payable in two equal installments of principal and any accrued interest on June 15, 2021 and 2022.

Also during 2019, we purchased the assets and business of one physical therapy clinic in a separate transaction. The clinic operates as a satellite clinic of one of our existing partnerships. Besides the August 2018 multi-clinic acquisition referenced in the table above, we acquired five separate clinic practices that year through several of our majority owned Clinic Partnerships. These practices operate as satellites of the respective existing Clinic Partnerships.

We continue to seek to attract for employment physical therapists who have established relationships with physicians and other referral sources by offering these therapists a competitive salary and incentives based on the profitability of the clinic that they manage. For multi-site clinic practices in which a controlling interest is acquired by us, the prior owners typically continue on as employees to manage the clinic operations, retaining a non-controlling ownership interest in the clinics and receiving a competitive salary for managing the clinic operations. In addition, we have developed satellite clinic facilities as part of existing Clinic Partnerships and Wholly-Owned Facilities, with the result that a substantial number of Clinic Partnerships and Wholly-Owned Facilities operate more than one clinic location. During 2021, we intend to continue to acquire multi-clinic practices and to continue to develop outpatient physical therapy clinics as satellites in existing partnerships, along with increasing our patient volume through marketing and new programs.

Therapists at our clinics initially perform a comprehensive evaluation of each patient, which is then followed by a treatment plan specific to the injury as prescribed by the patient’s physician. The treatment plan may include a number of procedures, including therapeutic exercise, manual therapy techniques, ultrasound, electrical stimulation, hot packs, iontophoresis, education on management of daily life skills and home exercise programs. A clinic’s business primarily comes from referrals by local physicians. The principal sources of payment for the clinics’ services are managed care programs, commercial health insurance, Medicare/Medicaid and workers’ compensation insurance.

We were re-incorporated in April 1992 under the laws of the State of Nevada and have operating subsidiaries organized in various states in the form of limited partnerships, limited liability companies and wholly-owned corporations. This description of our business should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes contained in Item 8 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Our principal executive offices are located at 1300 West Sam Houston Parkway South, Suite 300, Houston, Texas 77042. Our telephone number is (713) 297-7000. Our website is www.usph.com.

Acquisitions of Businesses and Interests

During the last three years, we completed the acquisitions of the following clinic practices and IIP businesses detailed below:





% Interest
Number of
Acquisition
Date
Acquired
Clinics
October 2023 Acquisition

October 31, 2023
**
*
September 2023 Acquisition 1

September 29, 2023
70%
4
September 2023 Acquisition 2

September 29, 2023
70%
1
July 2023 Acquisition

July 31, 2023
70%
7
May 2023 Acquisition

May 31, 2023
45%
4
February 2023 Acquisition

February 28, 2023
80%
1
November 2022 Acquisition

November 30, 2022
80%
13
October 2022 Acquisition

October 31, 2022
60%
14
September 2022 Acquisition

September 30, 2022
80%
2
August 2022 Acquisition

August 31, 2022
70%
6
March 2022 Acquisition

March 31, 2022
70%
6
December 2021 Acquisition
December 31, 2021
75%
3
November 2021 Acquisition
November 30, 2021
70%
*
September 2021 Acquisition
September 30, 2021
100%
*
June 2021 Acquisition
June 30, 2021
65%
8
March 2021 Acquisition
March 31, 2021
70%
6

*IIP business
**On October 31, 2023, we concurrently acquired 100% of an IIP business and a 55% equity interest in an ergonomics software business (“October 2023 Acquisition”).

Our strategy is to continue acquiring outpatient physical therapy practices, develop outpatient physical therapy clinics as satellites in existing partnerships, and continue acquiring companies that provide or serve the Company’s industrial injury prevention services sector.

On May 30, 2023, the Company completed a secondary offering of 1,916,667 shares of its common stock at an offering price of $90.00 per share. Upon completion of the offering, the Company received net proceeds of approximately $163.6 million, after deducting an underwriting discount of $8.6 million and recognizing related fees and expenses of $0.2 million.  A portion of the net proceeds was used to repay the $35.0 million then outstanding under the Company’s credit facility while the remainder is expected to be used primarily for additional acquisitions.

OUR CLINICSOPERATING SEGMENTS

Most of our clinics are operated as Physical Therapy Operations

Our physical therapy operations segment primarily operates through subsidiary clinic partnerships (“Clinic PartnershipsPartnerships”), in which we own the Company generally owns a 1% general partnership interest and ain the Clinic Partnerships. The Company’s limited partnership interests generally range from 65% to 75% (a range of 10%-99%) in the Clinic Partnerships.  For the vast majority of the limited partnership interests. TheClinic Partnerships, the managing healthcare practitioner is a physical therapist who owns the remaining limited partnership interest in the Clinic Partnership. The managing therapist of each clinic owns, directly or indirectly, the remaining limited partnership interest in most of the clinics usually owns a portion of the limited partnership interests.(hereinafter referred to as “Clinic Partnerships”). Generally, the therapist partners have no interest in the net losses of Clinic Partnerships, except to the extent of their capital accounts. Since we also develop satellite clinic facilities of existing clinics, most Clinic Partnerships consist of more than one clinic location. AsTo a lesser extent, the Company operates some clinics, through wholly-owned subsidiaries, under profit sharing arrangements with therapists (hereinafter referred to as “Wholly-Owned Facilities”).

Our Clinics

We operated 671 clinics in 42 states on December 31, 2023. Our highest concentration of clinics is in the following states: Texas, Tennessee, Michigan, Virginia, Florida, Oregon, Maryland, Pennsylvania, Georgia, Missouri, Idaho, Arizona, South Carolina, Alabama and Connecticut. In addition to our 671 clinics, we also managed 43 physical therapy practices for unrelated physician groups and hospitals as of December 31, 2020, through wholly-owned subsidiaries, we owned a 1% general partnership interest2023.

The table below indicates historical information regarding our clinic counts.


 For the Year Ended 

 December 31, 2023  December 31, 2022  December 31, 2021 
Number of clinics, beginning of period  640   591   554 
Additions  46   65   42 
Closed or sold  (15)  (16)  (5)
Number of clinics, end of period  671   640   591 

Our typical clinic occupies 1,000 to 7,000 square feet of leased space in all the Clinic Partnerships. Our limited partnership interests range from 10% to 99%an office building or shopping center. There are 25 clinics occupying space in the Clinic Partnerships. For the vast majorityrange of the Clinic Partnerships, the managing healthcare practitioner is a physical therapist who owns the remaining limited partnership interest in the Clinic Partnership.over 7,000 square feet to 16,500 square feet. We attempt to lease ground level space for our patients’ ease of access to our clinics.

For our Clinic Partnership agreements related to those in which we acquired a majority interest, generally, the prior management continues to own a 10% to 50% interest.

Typically, each therapist partner or director, including those employed by Clinic Partnerships in which we acquired a majority interest, enters into an employment agreement for a term of up to five years with their Clinic Partnership. Each agreement typically provides for a covenant not to compete during the period of his or her employment and for up to two years thereafter. Under each employment agreement, the therapist partner receives a base salary and may receive a bonus based on the net revenues or profits generated by their Clinic Partnership or specific clinic. In the case of Clinic Partnerships, the therapist partner receives earnings distributions based upon their ownership interest. Upon termination of employment, we typically have the right, but not the obligation, to purchase the therapist’s partnership interest in de novo Clinic Partnerships. In connection with most of our acquired clinics, in the event that a limited minority partner’s employment ceases and certain requirements are met as detailed in the respective limited partnership agreements, we have a call right (the “Call Right”) and the selling entity or individual has a put right (the “Put Right”) with respect to the partner’s limited partnership interests. The Put Right and the Call Right do not expire, even upon an individual partner’s death, and contain no mandatory redemption feature. The purchase price of the partner’s limited partnership interest upon exercise of the Put Right or the Call Right is calculated at a predetermined multiple of earnings performance as detailed in the respective agreements.

Each Clinic Partnership maintains an independent local identity, while at the same time enjoying the benefits of national purchasing, negotiated third-party payor contracts, centralized support services and management practices. Under a management agreement, one of our subsidiariesthe Company provides a variety of support services to each clinic, including supervision of site selection, construction, clinic design and equipment selection, establishment of accounting systems and billing procedures and training of office support personnel, processing of accounts payable, operational direction, auditing of regulatory compliance, payroll, benefits administration, accounting services, legal services, quality assurance and marketing support.

Our typical clinic occupies 1,000 to 7,000 square feet
5

Table of leased space in an office building or shopping center. There are 14 clinics occupying space in the range of over 7,000 square feet to 13,500.square feet. We attempt to lease ground level space for patient ease of access to our clinics.Contents

Typical minimum staff at a clinic consists of a licensed physical therapist and an office manager. As patient visits grow, staffing may also include additional physical therapists, occupational therapists, therapy assistants, aides, exercise physiologists, athletic trainers and office personnel. Therapy services are performed under the supervision of a licensed therapist.

We provide services at our clinics on an outpatient basis. Patients are usually treated for approximately one hour per day, two to three times a week, typically for two to six weeks. We generally charge for treatment on a per procedure basis. Medicare patients are charged based on prescribed time increments and Medicare billing standards. In addition, our clinics will develop, when appropriate, individual maintenance and self-management exercise programs to be continued after treatment. We continually assess the potential for developing new services and expanding the methods of providing our existing services in the most efficient manner while providing high quality patient care.

Services provided inTherapists at our clinics initially perform a comprehensive evaluation of each patient, which is then followed by a treatment plan specific to the industrial injury prevention services segmentas prescribed by the patient’s physician. The treatment plan may include onsite injury prevention and rehabilitation, performance optimization, post offer employment testing, functional capacity evaluations, and ergonomic assessments. The majority of these services are contracted with and paid for directly by employers, including a number of Fortune 500 companies. Other clientsprocedures, including therapeutic exercise, manual therapy techniques, ultrasound, electrical stimulation, hot packs, iontophoresis, education on management of daily life skills and home exercise programs. A clinic’s business primarily comes from referrals by local physicians.

Patient Care Providers and Staffing

Typical minimum staff at a clinic consists of a licensed physical therapist and an office manager. As patient visits grow, staffing may also include large insurers and their contractors. We perform these services through Industrial Sports Medicine Professionals, consisting of bothadditional physical therapists, and specialized certifiedoccupational therapists, therapy assistants, aides, exercise physiologists, athletic trainers (ATCs).

FACTORS INFLUENCING DEMAND FOR PHYSICAL THERAPY SERVICESand office personnel. Therapy services are performed under the supervision of a licensed therapist.

We believecontinue to seek to attract employment of physical therapists who have established relationships with physicians and other referral sources by offering these therapists a competitive salary and incentives based on the profitability of the clinic that they manage. For multi-site clinic practices in which a controlling interest is acquired by us, the following factors, among others, influenceprior owners typically continue as employees to manage the growthclinic operations, retaining a non-controlling ownership interest in the clinics and receiving a competitive salary for managing the clinic operations. In addition, we have developed satellite clinic facilities as part of existing Clinic Partnerships and Wholly-Owned Facilities, with the result that a substantial number of Clinic Partnerships and Wholly-Owned Facilities operate more than one clinic location. In 2024, we intend to continue to acquire multi-clinic practices and to continue to develop outpatient physical therapy services:clinics as satellites in existing partnerships, along with increasing our patient volume through marketing and new programs.

Economic BenefitsTypically, each therapist partner or director, including those employed by Clinic Partnerships in which we acquired a majority interest, enters into a multi-year employment agreement for a term of Therapy Services. Purchasersup to five years with their Clinic Partnership. Each agreement typically provides for a covenant not to compete during the period of his or her employment and providersfor up to two years thereafter. Under each employment agreement, the therapist partner receives a base salary and may receive a bonus based on the net revenues or profits generated by their Clinic Partnership or specific clinic. In the case of healthcare services, such as insurance companies, healthmaintenance organizations, businesses and industries, continuously seek cost savings for traditional healthcare services. We believe thatClinic Partnerships, the therapist partner receives earnings distributions based upon their ownership interest. Upon termination of employment, we typically have the right to purchase the therapist’s partnership interest in Clinic Partnerships. For those Clinic Partnerships we created in connection with an acquisition, our therapy services providepartner also has the right to cause us to purchase their interest upon termination of their employment, generally after a cost-effective way to prevent short-term disabilities from becoming chronic conditions, to help avoid invasive procedures, to speed recovery from surgery and musculoskeletal injuries and eliminate or minimize the need for opioids.set holding period.

Earlier Hospital Discharge. ChangesIn connection with most of our acquired clinics, in health insurance reimbursement, both publicthe event that a limited non-controlling interest partner’s employment ceases and private,certain requirements are met as detailed in the respective limited partnership agreements, we have encourageda call right (the “Call Right”) and the earlierdischarge of patients to reduce costs. We believe that early hospital discharge practices foster greater demand for outpatient physical therapy services.

Aging Population. In general, the elderly populationselling entity or individual has a greater incidence of disability comparedput right (the “Put Right”) with respect to the population as a whole.As this segmentpartner’s limited partnership interests. The Put Right and the Call Right do not expire, even upon an individual partner’s death, and contain no mandatory redemption feature. The purchase price of the population continues to grow, we believe that demand for rehabilitation services will expand.partner’s limited partnership interest upon exercise of the Put Right or the Call Right is calculated at a predetermined multiple of earnings performance as detailed in the respective agreements.

6

Increase in Obesity. TwoSources of every three American men are considered to be overweight or obese and the rate continues to grow.The strain on a person’s body can be significant. Physical therapy services help the obese become more active and fit by teaching them how to move in ways that are pain free.

MARKETING

We focus our marketing efforts primarily on physicians, including orthopedic surgeons, neurosurgeons, physiatrists, internal medicine physicians, podiatrists, occupational medicine physicians and general practitioners. In marketing to the physician community, we emphasize our commitment to quality patient care and regular communication with physicians regarding patient progress. We employ personnel to assist clinic directors in developing and implementing marketing plans for the physician community and to assist in establishing relationships with health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations, case managers and insurance companies.

SOURCES OF REVENUE FOR PHYSICAL THERAPY OPERATIONSRevenue

Payor sources for physical therapy operations are primarily managed care programs, commercial health insurance, Medicare/Medicaid and workers’ compensation insurance. Commercial health insurance, Medicare and managed care programs generally provide coverage to patients utilizing our clinics after payment by the patients of normal deductibles and co-insurance payments. Workers’ compensation laws generally require employers to provide, directly or indirectly through insurance, costs of medical rehabilitation for their employees from work-related injuries and disabilities and, in some jurisdictions, mandatory vocational rehabilitation, usually without any deductibles, co-payments or cost sharing. Treatments for patients who are parties to personal injury cases are generally paid from the proceeds of settlements with insurance companies or from favorable judgments. If an unfavorable judgment is received, collection efforts are generally not pursued against the patient and the patient’s account is written-off against established reserves. Bad debt reserves relating to all receivable types are regularly reviewed and adjusted as appropriate.

The following table shows our payor mix for the years ended ($ in thousands):periods presented.

 December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019  December 31, 2018 
Payor 
Net Patient
Revenue
  Percentage  
Net Patient
Revenue
  Percentage  
Net Patient
Revenue
  Percentage 
Managed Care Programs $104,513   28.0% $124,516   28.7% $134,748   32.3%
Commercial Health                        
Insurance  73,364   19.7%  79,535   18.4%  72,786   17.4%
Medicare/Medicaid  118,030   31.6%  132,611   30.6%  117,554   28.1%
Workers' Compensation                        
Insurance  48,628   13.0%  63,542   14.7%  59,942   14.4%
Other  28,805   7.7%  33,141   7.6%  32,673   7.8%
Total $373,340   100.0% $433,345   100.0% $417,703   100.0%

 For the Year Ended 

 December 31, 2023  December 31, 2022  December 31, 2021 

 Net Patient     Net Patient     Net Patient    
Payor Revenue  Percentage  Revenue  Percentage  Revenue  Percentage 
Managed Care Programs/ (In thousands, except percentages) 
Commercial Health Insurance 
$
244,470
   
47.5
%
 
$
215,822
   
46.5
%
 
$
209,129
   
47.7
%
Medicare/Medicaid  
188,329
   
36.6
%
  
174,401
   
37.5
%
  
155,122
   
35.4
%
Workers' Compensation Insurance  
48,834
   
9.5
%
  
45,010
   
9.7
%
  
44,549
   
10.2
%
Other  
32,923
   
6.4
%
  
29,357
   
6.3
%
  
29,530
   
6.7
%
Total 
$
514,556
   
100.0
%
 
$
464,590
   
100.0
%
 
$
438,330
   
100.0
%

Our physical therapy business depends to a significant extent on our relationships with commercial health insurers, health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations and workers’ compensation insurers. In some geographical areas, our clinics must be approved as providers by key health maintenance organizations and preferred provider plans to obtain payments. Failure to obtain or maintain these approvals would adversely affect financial results.

Medicare

During the year ended December 31, 2020,2023, approximately 35.3%40.3% of our visits and 31.6%36.6% of our net patient revenues wererevenue was from patients with Medicare or Medicaid program coverage. To receive Medicare reimbursement, a facility (Medicare Certified Rehabilitation Agency) or the individual therapist (Physical/Occupational Therapist in Private Practice) must meet applicable participation conditions set by the Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) relating to the type of facility, equipment, recordkeeping, personnel and standards of medical care, and also must comply with all state and local laws. HHS, through Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”) and designated agencies, periodically inspects or surveys clinics/providers for approval and/or compliance.  We anticipate thatFailure of our newly developed and acquired clinics will become certifiedsubsidiaries to obtain or maintain certifications as Medicare providers or will be enrolledfailure to enroll as a group of physical/occupationoccupational therapists in a private practice. Failure to obtain or maintain this certification wouldpractice could adversely affect financial results.

The Medicare program reimburses outpatient rehabilitation providers based on the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule (‘‘MPFS’’(“MPFS”). For services provided

In 2021 the MPFS established by Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) resulted in 2018, a 0.5% increase was applied to the fee schedule payment rates; for services provided in 2019, a 0.25% increase was applied to the fee schedule payment rates before applying the mandatory budget neutrality adjustment. For services provided in 2020 through 2025, a 0.0% percent update is expected to be applied each year to the fee schedule payment rates, before applying the mandatory budget neutrality adjustment. However,an approximate 3.5% decrease in the 2020 MPFS Final Rule, CMS proposed an increase to the code values for office/outpatient evaluation and management (E/M) codes and cuts to other codes to maintain budget neutrality of the MPFS. This change in code valuations was to become effective January 1, 2021 under the 2021 MPFS Final Rule, reimbursement for the codes applicable to physical/occupational therapy services wereprovided by our clinics, as compared to 2020. Since January 1, 2022, outpatient therapy services furnished in whole or part by a therapist assistant are paid at an amount equal to 85% of the payment amount otherwise applicable for the service.

For 2022, the MPFS Final Rule was to be reducedan approximately 3.75% reduction to Medicare payments for physical/occupational therapy services. This was due to the expiration of the additional funding to the conversion factor provided by approximately 9%Congress in the aggregate. The 9% reduction in payment was addressed by2021 under the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021. However, this reduction was addressed in the Protecting Medicare and American Farmers from Sequester Cuts Act (“2021 (“Act”) signed into law on December 27, 2020.10, 2021. Based on various provisions in the 2021 Act, we now estimate that the Medicare rate reduction for 2022 was approximately 0.75%.

In the full year2023 MPFS Proposed Rule, CMS proposed a 4.5% reduction in the Physician Fee Schedule conversion factor. However, this reduction was later addressed in the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2023 (“2023 Act”). The provisions of 2021 will bethe 2023 Act increased the conversion factor by 2.5% for 2023 and by 1.25% for 2024, resulting in an overall reduction of approximately 2% in the 2023 Physician Fee Schedule conversion factor for 2023. In the 2024 MPFS Final Rule, CMS decreased the Physician Fee Schedule conversion factor by 3.39%, which is estimated to result in an approximately 3.5% reduction in aggregate.reimbursement for the codes applicable to physical/occupational therapy services provided by our clinics, as compared to 2023, unless these reductions are otherwise mitigated by further action of Congress.

The Budget Control Act of 2011 increased the federal debt ceiling in connection with deficit reductions over the next ten years and requires automatic reductions in federal spending by approximately $1.2 trillion. Payments to Medicare providers are subject to these automatic spending reductions, subject to a 2% cap. The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018 extended the 2% reductions to Medicare payments through fiscal year 2027. The CARES Act suspended the 2% payment reduction to Medicare payments for dates of service from May 1, 2020, through December 31, 2020, and the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 further suspended the 2% payment reduction through March 2021. In April 2021, additional legislation was enacted that waived the 2% payment reduction for the remainder of calendar 2021. The 2021 Act included a three-month extension of the 2% sequester relief applied to all Medicare payments through March 2022, followed by three months of 1% sequester relief through June 30, 2022. Sequester relief ended on June 30, 2022.

Beginning in 2021, payments to individual therapists (Physical/Occupational Therapist in Private Practice) paid under the fee schedule may be subject to adjustment based on performance in the Merit Based Incentive Payment System (“MIPS”), which measures performance based on certain quality metrics, resource use, and meaningful use of electronic health records. Therapists eligible to participate in MIPS include only those therapists who are enrolled with Medicare as private practice providers and does not include therapists in facility-based providers, such as our clinics enrolled as certified rehabilitation agencies. Less than 3% of our therapist providers currently participate in MIPS. Under the MIPS requirements, a provider'sprovider’s performance is assessed according to established performance standards each year and then is used to determine an adjustment factor that is applied to the professional'sprofessional’s payment for the corresponding payment year. The provider’s MIPS performance in 2019 will determine2021 determined the payment adjustment in 2021. Each year from 2019 through2023. For those therapist providers who actually participated in MIPS during 2020 and 2021, the resulting average payment adjustment in 2022 and 2023 was an increase of 1%.  The 2024 professionalsadjustment for those therapist providers who receive a significant shareparticipated in MIPS during 2022 is expected to remain at an average increase of their revenues through an alternate payment model (“APM”), (such as accountable care organizations or bundled payment arrangements) that involves risk of financial losses and a quality measurement component will receive a 5% bonus in the corresponding payment year. The bonus payment for APM participation is intended to encourage participation and testing of new APMs and to promote the alignment of incentives across payors. The specifics of the MIPS and APM adjustments will be subject to future notice and comment rule-making.

The Budget Control Act of 2011 increased the federal debt ceiling in connection with deficit reductions over the next ten years, and requires automatic reductions in federal spending by approximately $1.2 trillion. Payments to Medicare providers are subject to these automatic spending reductions, subject to a 2% cap. On April 1, 2013, a 2% reduction to Medicare payments was implemented. The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, enacted on November 2, 2015, extended the 2% reductions to Medicare payments through fiscal year 2025. The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, enacted on February 9, 2018, extends the 2% reductions to Medicare payments through fiscal year 2027. The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act suspended the 2% payment reduction Medicare payments for dates of service from May 1, 2020, through December 31, 2020. The Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 further suspended the 2% payment reduction until March 31, 2021.1%.

Under the Middle ClassMiddle-Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012 (‘‘MCTRA’’(“MCTRA”), since October 1, 2012, patients who met or exceeded $3,700 in therapy expenditures during a calendar year have been subject to a manual medical review to determine whether applicable payment criteria are satisfied. The $3,700 threshold is applied to Physical Therapy and Speech Language Pathology Services; a separate $3,700 threshold is applied to the Occupational Therapy. The Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015 (“MACRA”) directed CMS to modify the manual medical review process such that those reviews will no longer apply to all claims exceeding the $3,700 threshold and instead will be determined on a targeted basis based on a variety of factors that CMS considers appropriate appropriate.

The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018 extendsextended the targeted medical review indefinitely but reduces the threshold to $3,000 through December 31, 2027. For 2028, the threshold amount will be increased by the percentage increase in the Medicare Economic Index (“MEI”) for 2028 and in subsequent years the threshold amount will increase based on the corresponding percentage increase in the MEI for such subsequent year.

CMS adopted a multiple procedure payment reduction (‘‘MPPR’’(“MPPR”) for therapy services in the final update to the MPFS for calendar year 2011. The MPPR applied to all outpatient therapy services paid under Medicare Part B — occupational therapy, physical therapy and speech-language pathology. Under the policy, the Medicare program pays 100% of the practice expense component of the Relative Value Unit (‘‘RVU’’(“RVU”) for the therapy procedure with the highest practice expense RVU, then reduces the payment for the practice expense component for the second and subsequent therapy procedures or units of service furnished during the same day for the same patient, regardless of whether those therapy services are furnished in separate sessions. SinceIn 2013, the practice expense component for the second and subsequent therapy service furnished during the same day for the same patient was reduced by 50%. In addition, the MCTRA directed CMS to implement a claims-based data collection program to gather additional data on patient function during the course of therapy in order to better understand patient conditions and outcomes. All practice settings that provide outpatient therapy services are required to include this data on the claim form. Since 2013, therapists have been required to report new codes and modifiers on the claim form that reflect a patient’s functional limitations and goals at initial evaluation, periodically throughout care, and at discharge. Reporting of these functional limitation codes and modifiers are required on the claim for payment.

Medicare claims for outpatient therapy services furnished by therapy assistants on or after January 1, 2020 must include a modifier indicating the service was furnished by a therapy assistant. Outpatient therapy services furnished on or after January 1, 2022 in whole or part by a therapy assistant will be paid at an amount equal to 85% of the payment amount otherwise applicable for the service.

8

Given the history of frequent revisions to the Medicare program and its reimbursement rates and rules, we may not continue to receive reimbursement rates from Medicare that sufficiently compensate us for our services or, in some instances, cover our operating costs. Limits on reimbursement rates or the scope of services being reimbursed could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, any delay or default by the federal or state governments in making Medicare and/or Medicaid reimbursement payments could materially and, adversely, affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Statutes, regulations, and payment rules governing the delivery of therapy services to Medicare beneficiaries are complex and subject to interpretation. We believe that we are in compliance, in all material respects, with all applicable laws and regulations and are not aware of any pending or threatened investigations involving allegations of potential wrongdoing that would have a material effect on the our financial statements as of December 31, 2020.2023. Compliance with such laws and regulations can be subject to future government review and interpretation, as well as significant regulatory action including fines, penalties, and exclusion from the Medicare program. For year ended December

Marketing

We focus our marketing efforts primarily on physicians, including orthopedic surgeons, neurosurgeons, physiatrists, internal medicine physicians, podiatrists, occupational medicine physicians and general practitioners. In marketing to the physician community, we emphasize our commitment to quality patient care and regular communication with physicians regarding patient progress. We employ personnel to assist clinic directors in developing and implementing marketing plans for the physician community and to assist in establishing relationships with health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations, case managers and insurance companies.

Industrial Injury Prevention Services

Services provided in the IIP segment include onsite injury prevention and rehabilitation, performance optimization, post offer employment testing, functional capacity evaluations, and ergonomic assessments. The majority of these services are contracted with and paid for directly by employers, including a number of Fortune 500 companies. Other clients include large insurers and their contractors. Our Company performs these services through Industrial Sports Medicine Professionals, consisting of both physical therapists and ATCs.

In March 2017, we acquired a 55% interest in an initial IIP business. On April 30, 2018, we acquired a 65% interest in another business in the IIP sector and then we combined the two businesses.  After the combination, we owned a 59.45% interest in the combined business, Briotix Health, Limited Partnership (“Briotix Health”). On April 11, 2019, we acquired 100% of a third provider of industrial injury prevention services. The acquired company specializes in delivering injury prevention and care, post offer employment testing, functional capacity evaluations and return-to-work services. It performs these services across a network in 45 states including onsite at eleven client locations. The business was then combined with Briotix Health increasing our ownership position in the partnership to approximately 76%. On September 30, 2021, we acquired a company that specializes in return-to-work and ergonomic services, among other offerings and contributed those assets to Briotix Health. On October 31, 2020, net patient revenues from Medicare were2023, we made another acquisition and purchased 100% of an IIP business and contributed its assets to Briotix Health. As part of the October 2023 Acquisition, we also acquired a 55% interest in an ergonomics software business. Subsequent to the abovementioned acquisitions and the purchases and sales of the redeemable non-controlling interests of the limited partners, our ownership in Briotix Health is approximately $101.6 million.92%.

On November 30, 2021, we acquired an approximate 70% interest in another leading provider of IIP services. The founders and owners retained the remaining interest.

Factors Influencing Demand for Physical Therapy Services

We believe that the following factors, among others, influence the growth of outpatient physical therapy services:

Economic Benefits of Therapy Services – Purchasers and providers of healthcare services, such as insurance companies, health maintenance organizations, businesses, and industries, continuously seek cost savings for traditional healthcare services. We believe that our therapy services provide a cost-effective way to prevent short-term disabilities from becoming chronic conditions, to help avoid invasive procedures, to speed recovery from surgery and musculoskeletal injuries and eliminate or minimize the need for opioids.

Earlier Hospital Discharge – Changes in health insurance reimbursement, both public and private, have encouraged the earlier discharge of patients to reduce costs. We believe that early hospital discharge practices foster greater demand for outpatient physical therapy services.

Aging Population – In general, the elderly population has a greater incidence of disability compared to the population as a whole. As this segment of the population continues to grow, we believe that demand for rehabilitation services will expand.

REGULATION AND HEALTHCARE REFORM

Numerous federal, state and local regulations regulate healthcare services and those who provide them. Some states into which we may expand have laws requiring facilities employing health professionals and providing health-related services to be licensed and, in some cases, to obtain a certificate of need (that is, demonstrating to a state regulatory authority the need for, and financial feasibility of, new facilities or the commencement of new healthcare services). Only one of the states in which we currently operate requires a certificate of need for the operation of ourbe owned by licensed physical therapy business functions.therapists. Our therapists and/or clinics, however, are required to be licensed, as determined by the state in which they provide services. Failure to obtain or maintain any required certificates, approvals or licenses could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Regulations Controlling Fraud and Abuse. Abuse

Various federal and state laws regulate financial relationships involving providers of healthcare services. These laws include Section 1128B(b) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S. C. § 1320a-7b[b]) (the “Fraud and Abuse Law”), under which civil and criminal penalties can be imposed upon persons who, among other things, offer, solicit, pay or receive remuneration in return for (i) the referral of patients for the rendering of any item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, by a Federal health care program (including Medicare and Medicaid); or (ii) purchasing, leasing, ordering, or arranging for or recommending purchasing, leasing, ordering any good, facility, service, or item for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, by a Federal health care program (including Medicare and Medicaid). We believe that our business procedures and business arrangements are in compliance with these provisions. However, the provisions are broadly written and the full extent of their specific application to specific facts and arrangements to which we are a party is uncertain and difficult to predict. In addition, several states have enacted state laws similar to the Fraud and Abuse Law, which may be more restrictive than the federal Fraud and Abuse Law.

The Office of the Inspector General (“OIG”) of HHS has issued regulations describing compensation financial arrangements that fall within a “Safe Harbor” and, therefore, are not viewed as illegal remuneration under the Fraud and Abuse Law. Failure to fall within a Safe Harbor does not mean that the Fraud and Abuse Law has been violated; however, the OIG has indicated that failure to fall within a Safe Harbor may subject an arrangement to increased scrutiny under a “facts and circumstances” test.

The OIG also has issued special fraud alerts and special advisory bulletins to remind the provider community of the importance and application of certain aspects of the Fraud and Abuse Law. One of the OIG special fraud alerts related to the rental of space in physician offices by persons or entities to which the physicians refer patients. The OIG’s stated concern in these arrangements is that rental payments may be disguised kickbacks to the physician-landlords to induce referrals. We rent clinic space for some of our clinics from referring physicians and have taken the steps that we believe are necessary to ensure that all leases comply to the extent possible and applicable, with the space rental Safe Harbor to the Fraud and Abuse Law.

One of the OIG’s special advisory bulletins addressed certain complex contractual arrangements for the provision of items and services. This special advisory bulletin identified several characteristics commonly exhibited by suspect arrangements, the existence of one or more of which could indicate a prohibited arrangement to the OIG. Generally, the indicia of a suspect contractual joint venture as identified by the special advisory bulletin and an associated OIG advisory opinion include the following:

New Line of Business.Aprovider in one line of business (“Owner”) expands into a new line of business that can be provided to theOwner’s existing patients, with another party who currently provides the same or similar item or service as the new business (“Manager/Supplier”).

Captive Referral Base. The arrangement predominantly or exclusively serves the Owner’s existing patient base (or patients under thecontrol or influence of the Owner).

Little or No Bona Fide Business Risk. The Owner’s primary contribution to the venture is referrals; it makes little or no financial orother investment in the business, delegating the entire operation to the Manager/Supplier, while retaining profits generated from its captive referral base.

Status of the Manager/Supplier. The Manager/Supplier is a would-be competitor of the Owner’s new line of business and wouldnormally compete for the captive referrals. It has the capacity to provide virtually identical services in its own right and bill insurers and patients for them in its own name.

Scope of Services Provided by the Manager/Supplier. The Manager/Supplier provides all, or many, of the new business’ key services.

Remuneration. The practical effect of the arrangement, viewed in its entirety, is to provide the Owner the opportunity to bill insurersand patients for business otherwise provided by the Manager/Supplier. The remuneration from the venture to the Owner (i.e., the profits of the venture) takes into account the value and volume of business the Owner generates.

Exclusivity. The arrangement bars the Owner from providing items or services to any patients other than those coming from Ownerand/or bars the Manager/Supplier from providing services in its own right to the Owner’s patients.

Due to the nature of our business operations, manysome of our management service arrangements exhibit one or more of these characteristics. However, we believe we have taken steps regarding the structure of such arrangements as necessary to sufficiently distinguish them from these suspect ventures, and to comply with the requirements of the Fraud and Abuse Law. However, if the OIG believes we have entered into a prohibited contractual joint venture, it could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Although the business of managing physician-owned and hospital-owned physical therapy facilities is regulated by the Fraud and Abuse Law, the manner in which we contract with such facilities often falls outside the complete scope of available Safe Harbors. We believe our arrangements comply with the Fraud and Abuse Law, even though federal courts provide limited guidance as to the application of the Fraud and Abuse Law to these arrangements. If our management contracts are held to violate the Fraud and Abuse Law, it could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Stark Law. Law

Provisions of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 (42 U.S.C. § 1395nn) (the “Stark Law”) prohibitreferrals by a physician of “designated health services” which are payable, in whole or in part, by Medicare or Medicaid, to an entity in which the physician or the physician’s immediate family member has an investment interest or other financial relationship, subject to several exceptions. Unlike the Fraud and Abuse Law, the Stark Law is a strict liability statute. Proof of intent to violate the Stark Law is not required. Physical therapy and occupational therapy services are among the “designated health services”. Further, the Stark Law has application to our management contracts with individual physicians and physician groups, as well as any other financial relationship between us and referring physicians, including medical advisor arrangements and any financial transaction resulting from a clinic acquisition. The Stark Law also prohibits billing for services rendered pursuant to a prohibited referral. Several states have enacted laws similar to the Stark Law. These state laws may cover all (not just Medicare and Medicaid) patients. As with the Fraud and Abuse Law, we consider the Stark Law in planning our clinics, establishing contractual and other arrangements with physicians, marketing and other activities, and believe that our operations are in compliance with the Stark Law. If we violate the Stark Law or any similar state laws, our financial results and operations could be adversely affected. Penalties for violations include denial of payment for the services, significant civil monetary penalties, and exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

HIPAA. HIPAA

In an effort to further combat healthcare fraud and protect patient confidentially, Congress included several anti-fraudmeasures in the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”). HIPAA created a source of funding for fraud control to coordinate federal, state and local healthcare law enforcement programs, conduct investigations, provide guidance to the healthcare industry concerning fraudulent healthcare practices, and establish a national data bank to receive and report final adverse actions. HIPAA also criminalized certain forms of health fraud against all public and private payors. Additionally, HIPAA mandates the adoption of standards regarding the exchange of healthcare information in an effort to ensure the privacy and electronic security of patient information and standards relating to the privacy of health information. Sanctions for failing to comply with HIPAA include criminal penalties and civil sanctions. In February of 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) was signed into law. Title XIII of ARRA, the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH”), provided for substantial Medicare and Medicaid incentives for providers to adopt electronic health records (“EHRs”) and grants for the development of health information exchange (“HIE”). Recognizing that HIE and EHR systems will not be implemented unless the public can be assured that the privacy and security of patient information in such systems is protected, HITECH also significantly expanded the scope of the privacy and security requirements under HIPAA. Most notable are the mandatory breach notification requirements and a heightened enforcement scheme that includes increased penalties, and which now apply to business associates as well as to covered entities. In addition to HIPAA, a number of states have adopted laws and/or regulations applicable in the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information that can be more stringent than comparable provisions under HIPAA.

We believe that our operations comply with applicable standards for privacy and security of protected healthcare information. We cannot predict what negative effect, if any, HIPAA/HITECH or any applicable state law or regulation will have on our business.

Other Regulatory Factors. Factors

Political, economic and regulatory influences are fundamentally changing the healthcare industry inthe United States. Congress, state legislatures and the private sector continue to review and assess alternative healthcare delivery and payment systems. Potential alternative approaches could include mandated basic healthcare benefits, controls on healthcare spending through limitations on the growth of private health insurance premiums and Medicare and Medicaid spending, the creation of large insurance purchasing groups, and price controls. Legislative debate is expected to continue in the future and market forces are expected to demand only modest increases or reduced costs. For instance, managed care entities are demanding lower reimbursement rates from healthcare providers and, in some cases, are requiring or encouraging providers to accept capitated payments that may not allow providers to cover their full costs or realize traditional levels of profitability. We cannot reasonably predict what impact the adoption of federal or state healthcare reform measures or future private sector reform may have on our business.

COMPETITION

The healthcare industry, including the physical therapy business and the industrial injury prevention services business, areis highly competitive. The physical therapy business as well as the industrial injury prevention services business are both highly fragmented with no company having a significant market share nationally. We believe that we are one of the largest national outpatient physical therapy services providers.

Competitive factors affecting our business include quality of care, cost, treatment outcomes, convenience of location, and relationships with, and ability to meet the needs of, referral and payor sources. Our clinics compete, directly or indirectly, with many types of healthcare providers including the physical therapy departments of hospitals, private therapy clinics, physician-owned therapy clinics, and chiropractors. We may face more intense competition if consolidation of the therapy industry continues.

We believe that our partnership strategy of providing key therapists in a community with an opportunity to participate in ownership or clinic profitability provides us with a competitive advantageadvantage. Our clinics are partly owned by therapists who have developed exceptional reputations in their local communities and these therapist-owners oversee their respective clinic operations helping to ensure the commitment of local management to the success of the clinic.

We also believe that our competitive position is enhanced by our strategy of locating our clinics, when possible, on the ground floor of buildings and shopping centers with nearby parking, thereby making the clinics more easily accessible to patients. We offer convenient hours. We also attempt to make the decor in our clinics less institutional and more aesthetically pleasing than traditional hospital clinics.

ENFORCEMENT ENVIRONMENT

In recent years, federal and state governments have launched several initiatives aimed at uncovering behavior that violates the federal civil and criminal laws regarding false claims and fraudulent billing and coding practices. Such laws require providers to adhere to complex reimbursement requirements regarding proper billing and coding in order to be compensated for their services by government payors. Our compliance program requires adherence to applicable law and promotes reimbursement education and training; however, a determination that our clinics’ billing and coding practices are false or fraudulent could have a material adverse effect on us.

As a result of our participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs, we are subject to various governmental inspections, reviews, audits and investigations to verify our compliance with these programs and applicable laws and regulations. In addition,Federal, state and private payors regularly conduct audits of billing and coding practices at our Corporate Integrity Agreement, which expired in February 2021, required annual audits to be performed by an independent review organization on a small sample of our clinics, the results of which were reported to the federal government. See “-Compliance Program – Corporate Integrity Agreement” for more on the Corporate Integrity Agreement (“CIA”). Managed care payors may also reserve the right to conduct audits.clinics. An adverse inspection, review, audit or investigation could result in:in refunding amounts we have been paid; fines penalties and/or revocation of billing privileges for the affected clinics; the imposition of a new Corporate Integrity Agreement;corporate integrity agreement; exclusion from participation in the Medicare or Medicaid programs or one or more managed care payor network;networks; or damage to our reputation.

We and our clinics are subject to federal and state laws prohibiting entities and individuals from knowingly and willfully making claims to Medicare, Medicaid and other governmental programs and third partythird-party payors that contain false or fraudulent information. The federal False Claims Act encourages private individuals to file suits on behalf of the government against healthcare providers such as us. As such suits are generally filed under seal with a court to allow the government adequate time to investigate and determine whether it will intervene in the action, the implicated healthcare providers often are unaware of the suit until the government has made its determination and the seal is lifted. Violations or alleged violations of such laws, and any related lawsuits, could result in (i) exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, or (ii) significant financial or criminal sanctions, resulting in the possibility of substantial financial penalties for small billing errors that are replicated in a large number of claims, as each individual claim could be deemed a separate violation. In addition, many states also have enacted similar statutes, which may include criminal penalties, substantial fines, and treble damages.

COMPLIANCE PROGRAM

Our Compliance Program. Program

Our ongoing success depends upon our reputation for quality service and ethical business practices.We operate in a highly regulated environment with many federal, state and local laws and regulations. We take a proactive interest in understanding and complying with the laws and regulations that apply to our business.

Our Board of Directors (the “Board”) has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and a set of Corporate Governance Guidelines to clarify the ethical standards under which the Board and management carry out their duties. In addition, the Board has created a Compliance Committee of the Board (“Compliance Committee”) whose purpose is to assist the Board in discharging their oversight responsibilities with respect to compliance with federal and state laws and regulations relating to healthcare.

We have issued a Compliance Manual and created compliance training materials, hand-outs and an on-line testing program. These tools were prepared to ensure that every employee of our Company and subsidiaries has a clear understanding of our mutual commitment to high standards of professionalism, honesty, fairness and compliance with the law in conducting business. These standards are administered by our Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”), who has the responsibility for the day-to-day oversight, administration and development of our compliance program. The CCO, internal and external counsel, management and the Compliance Committee review our policies and procedures for our compliance program from time to time in an effort to improve operations and to ensure compliance with requirements of standards, laws and regulations and to reflect the on-going compliance focus areas which have been identified by management, counsel or the Compliance Committee. We also have established systems for reporting potential violations, educating our employees, monitoring and auditing compliance and handling enforcement and discipline.

Committees. Committees

Our Compliance Committee, appointed by the Board, consists of four independent directors. The Compliance Committee has general oversight of our Company’s compliance with the legal and regulatory requirements regarding healthcare operations.operations, as well as cybersecurity. The Compliance Committee relies on the expertise and knowledge of management, the CCO and other compliance and legal personnel. The CCO regularly communicates with the Chairman of the Compliance Committee. The Compliance Committee meets at least four times a year or more frequently as necessary to carry out its responsibilities and reports regularly to the Board regarding its actions and recommendations.

We also have an Internal Compliance Committee, which is comprised of Company leaders in the areas of operations, clinical services, finance, human resources, legal, information technology and credentialing. The Internal Compliance Committee has the responsibility for evaluating and assessing Company areas of risk relating to compliance with federal and state healthcare laws, and generally to assist the CCO. The Internal Compliance Committee meets at least four times a year or more frequently as necessary to carry out its responsibilities. In addition, management has appointed a team to address our Company’s compliance with HIPAA. The HIPAA team consists of a security officer and employees from our legal, information systems, finance, operations, compliance, business services and human resources departments. The team prepares assessments and makes recommendations regarding operational changes and/or new systems, if needed, to comply with HIPAA.

Each clinic certified as a Medicare Rehabilitation Agency has a formally appointed governing body composed of a member of our management and the director/administrator of the clinic. The governing body retains legal responsibility for the overall conduct of the clinic. The members confer regularly and discuss, among other issues, clinic compliance with applicable laws and regulations. In addition, there are Professional Advisory Committees which serve as Infection Control Committees. These committees meet in the facilities and function as advisors.

We have in place a Risk Management Committee consisting of, among others, the CCO, the Vice President of Human Resources, and other legal, compliance and operations personnel. This committee reviews and monitors all employee and patient incident reports and provides clinic personnel with actions to be taken in response to the reports.

Reporting Violations. Violations

In order to facilitate our employees’ ability to report inconfidence, anonymously and without retaliationany perceived improper work-related activities, accounting irregularities and other violations of our compliance program, we have set up an independent national compliance hotline. The compliance hotline is available to receive confidential reports of wrongdoing Monday through Friday (excluding holidays), 24 hours a day. The compliance hotline is staffed by experienced third party professionals trained to utilize utmost care and discretion in handling sensitive issues and confidential information. The information received is documented and forwarded timely to the CCO, who, together with the Compliance Committee, has the power and resources to investigate and resolve matters of improper conduct.

Educating Our Employees. Employees

We utilize numerous methods to train our employees in compliance related issues, including an onlinelearning management system. All employees complete a comprehensive training program comprised of numerous modules relating to our business and proper practices when newly hired and annually thereafter. The directors/administrators also provide periodic “refresher” training for existing employees and one-on-one comprehensive training with new hires. The corporate compliance group responds to questions from clinic personnel and conducts frequent teleconference meetings, webinars and training sessions on a variety of compliance related topics.

When a clinic opens, we provide a package of compliance materials containing manuals and detailed instructions for meeting Medicare Conditions of Participation Standards and other compliance requirements. During follow up training with the director/administrator of the clinic, compliance department staff explain various details regarding requirements and compliance standards. Compliance staff will remain in contact with the director/administrator while the clinic is implementing compliance standards and will provide any assistance required. All new office managers receive training (including Medicare, regulatory and corporate compliance, insurance billing, charge entry and transaction posting and coding, daily, weekly and monthly accounting reports) from the training staff at the corporate office. The corporate compliance group will assist in continued compliance, including guidance to the clinic staff with regard to Medicare certifications, state survey requirements and responses to any inquiries from regulatory agencies.

Monitoring and Auditing Clinic Operational Compliance. Compliance

We have in place audit programs and other procedures to monitor andaudit clinic operational compliance with applicable policies and procedures. We employ internal auditors who, as part of their job responsibilities, conduct periodic audits of each clinic. Most clinics are audited at least once every 24 months and additional focused audits are performed as deemed necessary. During these audits, particular attention is given to compliance with Medicare and internal policies, Federal and state laws and regulations, third party payor requirements, and patient chart documentation, billing, reporting, record keeping, collections and contract procedures. The audits are conducted on site or remotely and include interviews with the employees involved in management, operations, billing and accounts receivable.

Formal audit reports are prepared and reviewed with corporate management and the Compliance Committee. Each clinic director/administrator receives a letter instructing them of any corrective measures required. Each clinic director/administrator then works with the compliance team and operations to ensure such corrective measures are achieved.

Handling Enforcement and Discipline. Discipline

It is our policy that any employee who fails to comply with compliance programrequirements or who negligently or deliberately fails to comply with known laws or regulations specifically addressed in our compliance program should be subject to disciplinary action up to and including discharge from employment. The Compliance Committee, compliance staff, human resources staff and management investigate violations of our compliance program and impose disciplinary action as considered appropriate.

Corporate Integrity Agreement. We also performed certain additional compliance related functions pursuant to CIA that weentered into with the OIG. The CIA, which became effective as of December 21, 2015, and expired in February 2021, outlined certain specific requirements relating to compliance oversight and program implementation, as well as periodic reporting. In addition, pursuant to the CIA, an independent review organization annually performed a Medicare billing and coding audit on a small group of randomly selected Company clinics. Our Compliance Program was modified so as to comply with the requirements of the CIA. The term of the CIA was five years and expired in February 2021.

The CIA was entered into as part of the settlement by one of our Subsidiaries with the U. S. Department of Justice related to certain Medicare billings that occurred between 2007 and 2009 at a single outpatient physical therapy clinic. The settlement resolved claims relating to whether certain physical therapy services provided to a limited number of Medicare patients at the clinic satisfied all of the criteria for payment by the Medicare program, including proper supervision of physical therapist assistants. The Subsidiary paid $718,000 in 2015 to resolve the matter, and we and the Subsidiary entered into the CIA. The Subsidiary no longer conducts any business.

EMPLOYEES

Our strategy to acquire physical therapy practices, develop outpatient physical therapy clinics as satellites within existing partnerships, acquire industrial injury prevention businesses, and to continue to support the growth of our existing businesses requires a talented workforce that can grow with us. As of December 31, 2020,2023, we employed approximately 4,6306,720 people nationwide, of which approximately 2,5503,899 were full-time employees.

It is crucial that we continue to attract and retain top talent. To attract and retain talented employees, we strive to make our corporate office and all of our practices and businesses a diverse and healthy workplace, with opportunities for our employees to receive continuing education, skill development, encouragement to grow and develop their career, all supported by competitive compensation, incentives, and benefits. Our clinical professionals are all licensed and a vast majority have advanced degrees. Our operational leadership teams have long-standing relationships with local and regional universities, professional affiliations, and other applicable sources that provide our practices with a talent pipeline.

We provide competitive compensation and benefits programs to help meet our employees'employees’ needs in the practices and communities in which they serve. These programs (which can vary by practice and employment classification) include competitive base salaries, incentive compensation plans, a 401(k) plan, healthcare and insurance benefits, health savings and flexible spending accounts, paid time off, family leave, education assistance, mental health, and other employee assistance benefits.

We invest resources to develop the talent needed to support our business strategy. Resources include a multitude of training and development programs delivered internally and externally, online and instructor-led, and on-the-job learning formats.

We expect to continue adding personnel in the future as we focus on potential acquisition targets and organic growth opportunities.

Beginning in March 2020, we have supported our employees and government efforts to curb the COVID-19 pandemic through a multifaceted communication, infrastructure, and behavior modification and enforcement effort:

Establishing clear COVID-19 policies, health and safety protocols, and routine updates to our employees and patients;
Increasing cleaning protocols and hand hygiene across all locations;
Providing additional personal protective equipment and cleaning supplies;
Implementing protocols to address actual and suspected COVID-19 cases and potential exposures;
Limiting non-essential travel for all employees;
Adjusting schedules and workload to permit remote working where possible;
Decreasing density, increasing social distancing and restricting visitors in our clinics and offices for employees working onsite; and
Requiring masks to be worn by all individuals in all locations.

Additionally, due to the impact of COVID-19 on our operations, we have generated efficiencies in staffing, including limiting hiring to critical business roles, reducing scheduled hours, furloughs, and reductions-in-force. Through our employees' commitment to following operational protocols and their continued efforts to provide quality services to our patients, we have seen much of the workforce and our operations return to pre-pandemic levels. Throughout 2020, we conducted approximately 2,300 furloughs and reductions-in-force and have seen approximately 1,200 of these employees or 52%, return back to work.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act are made available free of charge on our internet website at www.usph.comas soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding our filings at http://www.sec.gov.

ITEM 1A.RISK FACTORS.FACTORS

Our business, operations and financial condition are subject to various risks. Some of these risks are described below, and readers of this Annual Report on Form 10-K should take such risks into account in evaluating our Company or making any decision to invest in us. This section does not describe all risks applicable to our Company, our industry or our business, and it is intended only as a summary of material factors affecting our business.

Risks related to our business and operations

We are subject to risks associated with public health crises and epidemics/pandemics, such as the novel strain of coronavirus
(“COVID-19”).

Our operations expose us to risks associated with public health crises and epidemics/pandemics, such as COVID-19 that has spread globally. Since February 2020, the continued spread has led to disruption and volatility in the global capital markets, which increases the cost of, and adversely impacts access to, capital and increases economic uncertainty. The pandemic has caused an economic slowdown of potentially extended duration, and it is possible that it could cause a global recession.

COVID-19 is having, and will continue to have, an adverse impact on our operations and supply chains, including a temporary loss of physical therapists and other employees who are infected or quarantined for a period of time, an increase in cancellations of physical therapy patient appointments and a decline in the scheduling of new or additional patient appointments. Due to these impacts and measures, we have experienced, and will continue to experience, significant and unpredictable impact on employees and reductions and cancellations of our patient visits.

Impact on the business and cash reserves resulting from retirement or resignation of key partners and resulting purchase of their non-controlling interests (minority interests)

As described in Note 5, the redeemable non-controlling interests in our partnerships are held by our partners. Upon the occurrence of certain events, such as retirement or other termination of employment, partners from acquired partnerships may have the right to exercise a “put” to cause us to purchase their redeemable non-controlling interests. Depending on the amount and timing of the exercise of any “put” rights, the funds required could have an adverse impact on our capital structure.

Healthcare reform legislation may affect our business.

In recent years, many legislative proposals have been introduced or proposed in Congress and in some state legislatures that would affect major changes in the healthcare system, either nationally or at the state level. At the federal level, Congress has continued to propose or consider healthcare budgets that substantially reduce payments under the Medicare programs. See “Business- Sources of Revenue” in Item 1 for more information. The ultimate content, timing or effect of any healthcare reform legislation and the impact of potential legislation on us is uncertain and difficult, if not impossible, to predict. That impact may be material to our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our operations are subject to extensive regulation.

The healthcare industry is subject to extensive federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to:

facility and professional licensure/permits, including certificates of need;

conduct of operations, including financial relationships among healthcare providers, Medicare fraud and abuse, and physician self-referral;

addition of facilities and services; and

billing and payment for services.

In recent years, there have been heightened coordinated civil and criminal enforcement efforts by both federal and state government agencies relating to the healthcare industry. We believe we are in substantial compliance with all laws, but differing interpretations or enforcement of these laws and regulations could subject our current practices to allegations of impropriety or illegality or could require us to make changes in our methods of operations, facilities, equipment, personnel, services and capital expenditure programs and increase our operating expenses. If we fail to comply with these extensive laws and government regulations, we could become ineligible to receive government program reimbursement, suffer civil or criminal penalties or be required to make significant changes to our operations. In addition, we could be forced to expend considerable resources responding to an investigation or other enforcement action under these laws or regulations. For a more complete description of certain of these laws and regulations, see “Business—Regulation and Healthcare Reform” and “Business – Compliance Program” in Item 1.

The healthcare industry is subject to extensive federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to (1) facility and professional licensure, including certificates of need, (2) conduct of operations, including financial relationships among healthcare providers, Medicare fraud and abuse and physician self-referral, (3) addition of facilities and services and enrollment of newly developed facilities in the Medicare program, (4) payment for services and (5) safeguarding protected health information.

Both federal and state regulatory agencies inspect, survey and audit our facilities to review our compliance with these laws and regulations. While our facilities intend to comply with the existing licensing, Medicare certification requirements and accreditation standards, there can be no assurance that these regulatory authorities will determine that all applicable requirements are fully met at any given time. A determination by any of these regulatory authorities that a facility is not in compliance with these requirements could lead to the imposition of requirements that the facility takes corrective action, assessment of fines and penalties, or loss of licensure or Medicare certification of accreditation. These consequences could have an adverse effect on us.RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS AND OPERATIONS

Decreases in Medicare reimbursement rates and payment reductions applied to the second and subsequent therapy servicesrate may adversely affect our financial results.

The Medicare program reimburses outpatient rehabilitation providers based on the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule (‘‘MPFS’’(“MPFS”). For services provided in 2018, a 0.5% increase was applied2024, we expect our reimbursement rates under the MPFS to the fee schedule payment rates; for services provided in 2019, a 0.25% increase was applied to the fee schedule payment rates before applying the mandatory budget neutrality adjustment. For services provided in 2020 through 2025, a 0.0% percent update is expected to be applied each year to the fee schedule payment rates, before applying the mandatory budget neutrality adjustment. However, in the 2020 MPFS Final Rule, CMS proposed an increase to the code values for office/outpatient evaluation and management (E/M) codes and cuts to other codes to maintain budget neutrality of the MPFS. Under the 2021 MPFS Final Rule, reimbursement for the codes applicable to physical/occupational therapy services were to be reduced by approximately 9% in the aggregate. The 9% reduction in payment was addressed by the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 (“Act”) signed into law on December 27, 2020. Based on various provisions in the Act, we now estimate that the Medicare rate reduction for the full year of 2021 will be approximately 3.5% in aggregate.less than the applicable reimbursement rates during 2023.

Beginning in 2021, payments to individual therapists (Physical/Occupational Therapist in Private Practice) paid under the fee schedule may be subject to adjustment based on performance in the Merit Based Incentive Payment System (“MIPS”), which measures performance based on certain quality metrics, resource use, and meaningful use of electronic health records. Under the MIPS requirements, a provider's performance is assessed according to established performance standards each year and then is used to determine an adjustment factor that is applied to the professional's payment for the corresponding payment year. The provider’s MIPS performance in 2019 will determine the payment adjustment in 2021. Each year from 2019 through 2024, professionals who receive a significant share of their revenues through an alternate payment model (“APM”), (such as accountable care organizations or bundled payment arrangements) that involves risk of financial losses and a quality measurement component will receive a 5% bonus in the corresponding payment year. The bonus payment for APM participation is intended to encourage participation and testing of new APMs and to promote the alignment of incentives across payors. The specifics of the MIPS and APM adjustments will be subject to future notice and comment rule-making.

The Budget Control Act of 2011 increased the federal debt ceiling in connection with deficit reductions over the next ten years, and requires automatic reductions in federal spending by approximately $1.2 trillion. Payments to Medicare providers are subject to these automatic spending reductions, subject to a 2% cap. On April 1, 2013, a 2% reduction to Medicare payments was implemented. The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, enacted on November 2, 2015, extended the 2% reductions to Medicare payments through fiscal year 2025. The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, enacted on February 9, 2018, extends the 2% reductions to Medicare payments through fiscal year 2027. The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act suspended the 2% payment reduction Medicare payments for dates of service from May 1, 2020, through December 31, 2020. The Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 further suspended the 2% payment reduction until March 31, 2021.

Under the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012 (‘‘MCTRA’’), since October 1, 2012, patients who met or exceeded $3,700 in therapy expenditures during a calendar year have been subject to a manual medical review to determine whether applicable payment criteria are satisfied. The $3,700 threshold is applied to Physical Therapy and Speech Language Pathology Services; a separate $3,700 threshold is applied to the Occupational Therapy. The MACRA directed CMS to modify the manual medical review process such that those reviews will no longer apply to all claims exceeding the $3,700 threshold and instead will be determined on a targeted basis based on a variety of factors that CMS considers appropriate The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018 extends the targeted medical review indefinitely, but reduces the threshold to $3,000 through December 31, 2027. For 2028, the threshold amount will be increased by the percentage increase in the Medicare Economic Index (“MEI”) for 2028 and in subsequent years the threshold amount will increase based on the corresponding percentage increase in the MEI for such subsequent year.

CMS adopted a multiple procedure payment reduction (‘‘MPPR’’) for therapy services in the final update to the MPFS for calendar year 2011. The MPPR applied to all outpatient therapy services paid under Medicare Part B — occupational therapy, physical therapy and speech-language pathology. Under the policy, the Medicare program pays 100% of the practice expense component of the Relative Value Unit (‘‘RVU’’) for the therapy procedure with the highest practice expense RVU, then reduces the payment for the practice expense component for the second and subsequent therapy procedures or units of service furnished during the same day for the same patient, regardless of whether those therapy services are furnished in separate sessions. Since 2013, the practice expense component for the second and subsequent therapy service furnished during the same day for the same patient was reduced by 50%. In addition, the MCTRA directed CMS to implement a claims-based data collection program to gather additional data on patient function during the course of therapy in order to better understand patient conditions and outcomes. All practice settings that provide outpatient therapy services are required to include this data on the claim form. Since 2013, therapists have been required to report new codes and modifiers on the claim form that reflect a patient’s functional limitations and goals at initial evaluation, periodically throughout care, and at discharge. Reporting of these functional limitation codes and modifiers are required on the claim for payment.

Medicare claims for outpatient therapy services furnished by therapy assistants on or after January 1, 2020 must include a modifier indicating the service was furnished by a therapy assistant. Outpatient therapy services furnished on or after January 1, 2022 in whole or part by a therapy assistant will be paid at an amount equal to 85% of the payment amount otherwise applicable for the service.

Statutes, regulations, and payment rules governing the delivery of therapy services to Medicare beneficiaries are complex and subject to interpretation. We believeThe Company believes that we arethe Company is in compliance, in all material respects, with all applicable laws and regulations and are not aware of any pending or threatened investigations involving allegations of potential wrongdoing that would have a material effect on the ourCompany’s financial statements as of December 31, 2020.2023. Compliance with such laws and regulations can be subject to future government review and interpretation, as well as significant regulatory action including fines, penalties, and exclusion from the Medicare program. For the year ended December 31, 2020,2023 and 2022, respectively, net patient revenues from Medicare were approximately $101.6 million.$170.7 million and $154.9 million, respectively.

Given the history of frequent revisions to the Medicare program and its reimbursement rates and rules, we may not continue to receive reimbursement rates from Medicare that sufficiently compensate us for our services or, in some instances, cover our operating costs. Limits on reimbursement rates or the scope of services being reimbursed could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, financial condition, and results of operations. Additionally, any delay or default by the federal or state governments in making Medicare and/or Medicaid reimbursement payments could materially and, adversely, affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We expect the federal and state governments to continue their efforts to contain growth in Medicaid expenditures, which could adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

Medicaid spending has increased rapidly in recent years, becoming a significant component of state budgets. This, combined with slower state revenue growth, has led both the federal government and many states to institute measures aimed at controlling the growth of Medicaid spending, and in some instances reducing aggregate Medicaid spending. We expect these state and federal efforts to continue for the foreseeable future. Furthermore, not all of the states in which we operate, most notably Texas, have elected to expand Medicaid as part of federal healthcare reform legislation. There can be no assurance that the program, on the current terms or otherwise, will continue for any particular period of time beyond the foreseeable future. If Medicaid reimbursement rates are reduced or fail to increase as quickly as our costs, or if there are changes in the rules governing the Medicaid program that are disadvantageous to our businesses, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Revenue we receive from Medicare and Medicaid is subject to potential retroactive reduction.

Payments we receive from Medicare and Medicaid can be retroactively adjusted after examination during the claims settlement process or as a result of post-payment audits. Payors may disallow our requests for reimbursement, or recoup amounts previously reimbursed, based on determinations by the payors or their third-party audit contractors that certain costs are not reimbursable because either adequate or additional documentation was not provided or because certain services were not covered or deemed to not be medically necessary. Significant adjustments, recoupments or repayments of our Medicare or Medicaid revenue, and the costs associated with complying with investigative audits by regulatory and governmental authorities, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, from time to time we become aware, either based on information provided by third parties and/or the results of internal audits, of payments from payor sources that were either wholly or partially in excess of the amount that we should have been paid for the service provided. Overpayments may result from a variety of factors, including insufficient documentation supporting the services rendered or medical necessity of the services or other failures to document the satisfaction of the necessary conditions of payment. We are required by law in most instances to refund the full amount of the overpayment after becoming aware of it, and failure to do so within requisite time limits imposed by the law could lead to significant fines and penalties being imposed on us. Furthermore, our initial billing of and payments for services that are unsupported by the requisite documentation and satisfaction of any other conditions of payment, regardless of our awareness of the failure at the time of the billing or payment, could expose us to significant fines and penalties. We, and/or certain of our operating companies, could also be subject to exclusion from participation in the Medicare or Medicaid programs in some circumstances as well, in addition to any monetary or other fines, penalties or sanctions that we may incur under applicable federal and/or state law. Our repayment of any such amounts, as well as any fines, penalties or other sanctions that we may incur, could be significant and could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

From time to time, we are also involved in various external governmental investigations, audits and reviews. Reviews, audits and investigations of this sort can lead to government actions, which can result in the assessment of damages, civil or criminal fines or penalties, or other sanctions, including restrictions or changes in the way we conduct business, loss of licensure or exclusion from participation in government programs. Failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations and rules could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, becoming subject to these governmental investigations, audits and reviews can also require us to incur significant legal and document production expenses as we cooperate with the government authorities, regardless of whether the particular investigation, audit or review leads to the identification of underlying issues.

We depend upon reimbursement by third-party payors.

Substantially all of our revenues are derived from private and governmental third-party payors. In 2023, approximately 63.4% of our revenues were derived collectively from managed care plans, commercial health insurers, workers’ compensation payors, and other private pay revenue sources while approximately 36.6% of our revenues were derived from Medicare and Medicaid. Initiatives undertaken by industry and government to contain healthcare costs affect the profitability of our clinics. These payors attempt to control healthcare costs by contracting with healthcare providers to obtain services on a discounted basis. We believe that this trend will continue and may limit reimbursement for healthcare services. If insurers or managed care companies from whom we receive substantial payments were to reduce the amounts they pay for services, our profit margins may decline, or we may lose patients if we choose not to renew our contracts with these insurers at lower rates. In addition, in certain geographical areas, our clinics must be approved as providers by key health maintenance organizations and preferred provider plans. Failure to obtain or maintain these approvals would adversely affect our financial results.

In recent years, through legislative and regulatory actions, the federal government has made substantial changes to various payment systems under the Medicare program. See “Business—Sources of Revenue – Physical Therapy Services” in Item 1 for more information including changes to Medicare reimbursement. Additional reforms or other changes to these payment systems may be proposed or adopted, either by the U.S. Congress or by CMS, including bundled payments, outcomes-based payment methodologies and a shift away from traditional fee-for-service reimbursement. If revised regulations are adopted, the availability, methods and rates of Medicare reimbursements for services of the type furnished at our facilities could change. Some of these changes and proposed changes could adversely affect our business strategy, operations and financial results.

Our facilities are subject to extensive federal and state laws and regulations relating to the privacy of individually identifiable patient information.

HIPAA required the HHS to adopt standards to protect the privacy and security of individually identifiable health-related information. The department released final regulations containing privacy standards in 2000 and published revisions to the final regulations in 2002. The privacy regulations extensively regulate the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health-related information. The regulations also provide patients with significant rights related to understanding and controlling how their health information is used or disclosed. The security regulations require healthcare providers to implement administrative, physical and technical practices to protect the security of individually identifiable health information that is maintained or transmitted electronically. HITECH, which was signed into law in 2009, enhanced the privacy, security and enforcement provisions of HIPAA by, among other things establishing security breach notification requirements, allowing enforcement of HIPAA by state attorneys general, and increasing penalties for HIPAA violations. Violations of HIPAA or HITECH could result in civil or criminal penalties.

In addition to HIPAA, there are numerous federal and state laws and regulations addressing patient and consumer privacy concerns, including unauthorized access or theft of personal information. State statutes and regulations vary from state to state. Lawsuits, including class actions and action by state attorneys general, directed at companies that have experienced a privacy or security breach also can occur.

We have established policies and procedures in an effort to ensure compliance with these privacy related requirements. However, if there is a breach, we may be subject to various penalties and damages and may be required to incur costs to mitigate the impact of the breach on affected individuals.

We are subject to risks associated with public health crises and epidemics/pandemics, such as the novel strain of coronavirus (“COVID-19”).

Our operations expose us to risks associated with public health crises and epidemics/pandemics, such as COVID-19 that has spread globally. A public health crisis may lead to disruption and volatility in the global capital markets, which increases the cost of, and adversely impacts access to, capital and increases economic uncertainty. A future public health crisis could have an adverse impact on our operations and supply chains, including a temporary loss of physical therapists and other employees who are infected or quarantined for a period of time, an increase in cancellations of physical therapy patient appointments and a decline in the scheduling of new or additional patient appointments.

We expect the federal and state governments to continue their efforts to contain growth in Medicaid expenditures, which could adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

Medicaid spending has increased rapidly in recent years, becoming a significant component of state budgets. This, combined with slower state revenue growth, has led both the federal government and many states to institute measures aimed at controlling the growth of Medicaid spending, and in some instances reducing aggregate Medicaid spending. We expect these state and federal efforts to continue for the foreseeable future. Furthermore, not all of the states in which we operate, most notably Texas, have elected to expand Medicaid as part of federal healthcare reform legislation. There can be no assurance that the program, on the current terms or otherwise, will continue for any particular period of time beyond the foreseeable future. If Medicaid reimbursement rates are reduced or fail to increase as quickly as our costs, or if there are changes in the rules governing the Medicaid program that are disadvantageous to our businesses, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

As a result of increased post-payment reviews of claims we submit to Medicare for our services, we may incur additional costs and may be required to repay amounts already paid to us.

We are subject to regular post-payment inquiries, investigations, and audits of the claims we submit to Medicare for payment for our services. These post-payment reviews have increased as a result of government cost-containment initiatives. These additional post-payment reviews may require us to incur additional costs to respond to requests for records and to pursue the reversal of payment denials, and ultimately may require us to refund amounts paid to us by Medicare that are determined to have been overpaid.

For a further description of this and other laws and regulations involving governmental reimbursements, see “Business—Sources of Revenue” and “—Regulation and Healthcare Reform” in Item 1.

An economic downturn, state budget pressures, sustained unemployment and continued deficit spending by the federal government may result in a reduction in reimbursement and covered services.

An economic downturn, including the consequences of a pandemic, such as COVID-19, could have a detrimental effect on our revenues. Historically, state budget pressures have translated into reductions in state spending. Given that Medicaid outlays are a significant component of state budgets, we can expect continuing cost containment pressures on Medicaid outlays for our services in the states in which we operate. In addition, an economic downturn, coupled with sustained unemployment, may also impact the number of enrollees in managed care programs as well as the profitability of managed care companies, which could result in reduced reimbursement rates.

The existing federal deficit, as well as deficit spending by federal and state governments as the result of adverse developments in the economy or other reasons, can lead to continuing pressure to reduce governmental expenditures for other purposes, including government-funded programs in which we participate, such as Medicare and Medicaid. Such actions in turn may adversely affect our results of operations.

We depend upon reimbursement by third-party payors.may be required to comply with a put right in one of our acquisition agreements, related to a potential future purchase of a majority interest in a separate company.

Substantially allOne of our revenues areacquisition agreements includes a put right for the potential future purchase of a majority interest in a separate company at a purchase price which is derived from private and governmental third-party payors. In 2020, approximately 68.4%based on a specified multiple of the separate company’s historical earnings. The exercise of the put right is outside of our revenues were derived collectively from managed care plans, commercial health insurers, workers’ compensation payors,control.  In the event the put right is triggered, we are required to purchase the aforementioned equity interest at a calculated purchase price. The resulting purchase price may be greater than the fair value of such equity interests at the time, and other private pay revenue sources while approximately 31.6% of our revenues were derived from Medicare and Medicaid. Initiatives undertaken by industry and government to contain healthcare costs affect the profitability of our clinics. These payors attempt to control healthcare costs by contracting with healthcare providers to obtain services on a discounted basis. We believe that this trend will continue and may limit reimbursement for healthcare services. If insurers or managed care companies from whom we receive substantial payments were to reduce the amounts they pay for services, our profit margins may decline, or we may lose patients ifor may not have the capital necessary to satisfy such contractual purchase obligation, in which case we choose not to renew our contracts with these insurers at lower rates. In addition,could be in certain geographical areas, our clinics must be approved as providers by key health maintenance organizationsbreach.

Our debt and preferred provider plans. Failure to obtain or maintain these approvals wouldfinancial obligations could adversely affect our financial condition, our ability to obtain future financing, and our ability to operate our business.

We have outstanding debt obligations that could adversely affect our financial condition and limit our ability to successfully implement our business strategy. Furthermore, from time to time, we may need additional financing to support our business and pursue our business strategy, including strategic acquisitions. Our ability to obtain additional financing, if and when required, will depend on investor demand, our operating performance, the condition of the capital markets, and other factors. We cannot provide assurances that additional financing will be available to us on favorable terms when required, or at all.

Our loan agreements contain certain restrictions and requirements that among other things:

require us to maintain a quarterly fixed charge coverage ratio and minimum working capital ratio;
limit our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures and acquisitions, to fund growth or for general corporate purposes;

limit our future ability to refinance our indebtedness on terms acceptable to us or at all;
limit our flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in our business and market conditions or in funding our strategic growth plan; and
impose on us financial and operational restrictions.

Our ability to meet our debt service obligations will depend on our future performance, which will be affected by the other risk factors described herein. If we do not generate enough cash flow to pay our debt service obligations, we may be required to refinance all or part of our existing debt, sell our assets, borrow more money or raise equity. There is no guarantee that we will be able to take any of these actions on a timely basis, on terms satisfactory to us, or at all.

If we fail to satisfy our debt service obligations or the other restrictions and requirements in our loan agreements, we could be in default. Unless cured or waived, a default would permit lenders to accelerate the maturity of the debt under the credit agreement and to foreclose upon the collateral securing the debt.

Our outstanding loans bear interest at variable rates. In response to the variable rates, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement.  We are exposed to certain market risks during the ordinary course of business due to adverse changes in interest rates. The exposure to interest rate risk primarily results from our variable-rate borrowing. Fluctuations in interest rates can be volatile and the Company’s risk management activities do not eliminate these risks.  In May 2022, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement to manage these risks.  While intended to reduce the effects of fluctuations in these prices and rates, these transactions may limit our potential gains or expose us to losses. If our counterparties to such transactions or the sponsors fail to honor their obligations due to financial distress, we would be exposed to potential losses or the inability to recover anticipated gains from these transactions.

Some of our acquisition agreements contain contingent consideration, the value of which may impact future financial results.

Some of our acquisition agreements include contingent earn-out consideration, the fair value of which is estimated as of the acquisition date based on the present value of the expected contingent payments as determined using weighted probabilities of possible future payments. These fair value estimates contain unobservable inputs and estimates that could materially differ from the actual future results and we cannot predict the ultimate result. The fair value of the contingent earn-out consideration could increase or decrease, as applicable. Changes in the fair value of contingent earn-outs will be reflected in our results of operations in the period in which they are recognized, the amount of which may be material and could cause volatility in our operating results.

Impact on the business and cash reserves resulting from retirement or resignation of key partners and resulting purchase of their non-controlling interests (minority interests).

As described in Note 6 to our financial statements included in Item 8, the redeemable non-controlling interests in our partnerships are held by our partners. Upon the occurrence of certain events, such as retirement or other termination of employment, partners from acquired partnerships may have the right to exercise a “put” to cause us to purchase their redeemable non-controlling interests. Depending on the amount and timing of the exercise of any “put” rights, the funds required could have an adverse impact on our capital structure.

Healthcare reform legislation may affect our business.

In recent years, throughmany legislative proposals have been introduced or proposed in Congress and regulatory actions,in some state legislatures that would affect major changes in the healthcare system, either nationally or at the state level. At the federal governmentlevel, Congress has made substantial changescontinued to various payment systemspropose or consider healthcare budgets that substantially reduce payments under the Medicare program.programs. See “Business—SourcesOur Operating Segments – Physical Therapy Operations-Sources of Revenue” in Item 1 for more informationinformation. The ultimate content, timing or effect of any healthcare reform legislation and the impact of potential legislation on us is uncertain and difficult, if not impossible, to predict. That impact may be material to our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our operations are subject to extensive regulation.

The healthcare industry is subject to extensive federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to:

facility and professional licensure/permits, including certificates of need;
conduct of operations, including financial relationships among healthcare providers, Medicare fraud and abuse, and physician self-referral;
addition of facilities and services; and
coding, billing and payment for services.

In recent years, there have been heightened coordinated civil and criminal enforcement efforts by both federal and state government agencies relating to the healthcare industry. We believe we are in substantial compliance with all laws, but differing interpretations or enforcement of these laws and regulations could subject our current practices to allegations of impropriety or illegality or could require us to make changes in our methods of operations, facilities, equipment, personnel, services and capital expenditure programs and increase our operating expenses. If we fail to comply with these extensive laws and government regulations, we could become ineligible to receive government program reimbursement, suffer civil or criminal penalties or be required to make significant changes to Medicare reimbursement. Additional reformsour operations. In addition, we could be forced to expend considerable resources responding to an investigation or other changesenforcement action under these laws or regulations. For a more complete description of certain of these laws and regulations, see “Business—Regulation and Healthcare Reform” and “Business—Compliance Program” in Item 1.

Both federal and state regulatory agencies inspect, survey, and audit our facilities to review our compliance with these laws and regulations. While our facilities intend to comply with the existing licensing, Medicare certification requirements and accreditation standards, there can be no assurance that these regulatory authorities will determine that all applicable requirements are fully met at any given time. A determination by any of these regulatory authorities that a facility is not in compliance with these requirements could lead to the imposition of requirements that the facility takes corrective action, assessment of fines and penalties, or loss of licensure or Medicare certification of accreditation. These consequences could have an adverse effect on us.

Our operations are subject to investigations, legal actions and proceedings that could result in an adverse impact on our business and financial position.

Healthcare providers are subject to investigations, legal actions and proceedings, as well as lawsuits under the qui tam provisions of the federal False Claims Act, based on claims that the provider failed to comply with applicable laws and regulations that govern coding and the submission of claims for services provided to Medicare patients, among other things. These matters can involve significant costs, monetary damages and penalties. We have been subject to these payment systems may be proposed or adopted, either byproceedings in the U.S. Congress or by CMS, including bundled payments, outcomes-based payment methodologiespast, and a shift away from traditional fee-for-service reimbursement. If revised regulations are adopted, the availability, methods and rates of Medicare reimbursements for services of the type furnished atfuture proceedings could result in an adverse impact on our facilities could change. Some of these changes and proposed changes could adversely affect our business strategy, operations and financial results.

We face inspections, reviews, audits and investigations under federal and state government programs and contracts. These audits could have adverse findings that may negatively affect our business.

As a result of our participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs, we are subject to various governmental inspections, reviews, audits and investigations to verify our compliance with these programs and applicable laws and regulations. Managed care payors may also reserve the right to conduct audits. An adverse inspection, review, audit or investigation could result in:

refunding amounts we have been paid pursuant to the Medicare or Medicaid programs or from managed care payors;

state or federal agencies imposing fines, penalties and other sanctions on us;

temporary suspension of payment for new patients to the facility or agency;

decertification or exclusion from participation in the Medicare or Medicaid programs or one or more managed care payor networks;

expansion of the scope of our Corporate Integrity Agreement or the imposition of a new Corporate Integrity Agreement;

damage to our reputation;

the revocation of a facility’s or agency’s license; and

loss of certain rights under, or termination of, our contracts with managed care payors.

If adverse inspections, reviews, audits or investigations occur and any of the results noted above occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

Our facilities are subject to extensive federal and state laws and regulations relating to the privacy
20


HIPAA required the HHS to adopt standards to protect the privacy and security of individually identifiable health-related information. The department released final regulations containing privacy standards in 2000 and published revisions to the final regulations in 2002. The privacy regulations extensively regulate the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health-related information. The regulations also provide patients with significant rights related to understanding and controlling how their health information is used or disclosed. The security regulations require healthcare providers to implement administrative, physical and technical practices to protect the security of individually identifiable health information that is maintained or transmitted electronically. HITECH, which was signed into law in 2009, enhanced the privacy, security and enforcement provisions of HIPAA by, among other things establishing security breach notification requirements, allowing enforcement of HIPAA by state attorneys general, and increasing penalties for HIPAA violations. Violations of HIPAA or HITECH could result in civil or criminal penalties.

In addition to HIPAA, there are numerous federal and state laws and regulations addressing patient and consumer privacy concerns, including unauthorized access or theft of personal information. State statutes and regulations vary from state to state. Lawsuits, including class actions and action by state attorneys general, directed at companies that have experienced a privacy or security breach also can occur.

We have established policies and procedures in an effort to ensure compliance with these privacy related requirements. However, if there is a breach, we may be subject to various penalties and damages and may be required to incur costs to mitigate the impact of the breach on affected individuals.

In conducting our business, we are required to comply with applicable laws regarding fee-splitting and the corporate practice of medicine.

Some states prohibit the “corporate practice of therapy” that restricts business corporations from providing physical therapy services through the direct employment of therapist physicians or from exercising control over medical decisions by therapists. The laws relating to corporate practice vary from state to state and are not fully developed in each state in which we have facilities. Typically, however, professional corporations owned and controlled by licensed professionals are exempt from corporate practice restrictions and may employ therapists to furnish professional services. Those professional corporations may be managed by business corporations, such as the Company.

Some states also prohibit entities from engaging in certain financial arrangements, such as fee-splitting, with physicians or therapists. The laws relating to fee-splitting also vary from state to state and are not fully developed. Generally, these laws restrict business arrangements that involve a physician or therapist sharing medical fees with a referral source, but in some states, these laws have been interpreted to extend to management agreements between physicians or therapists and business entities under some circumstances.

We believe that our current and planned activities do not constitute fee-splitting or the unlawful corporate practice of medicine as contemplated by these state laws. However, there can be no assurance that future interpretations of such laws will not require structural and organizational modification of our existing relationships with the practices. If a court or regulatory body determines that we have violated these laws or if new laws are introduced that would render our arrangements illegal, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, our contracts could be found legally invalid and unenforceable (in whole or in part), or we could be required to restructure our contractual arrangements with our affiliated physicians and other licensed providers.

Failure to maintain effective internal control over our financial reporting could have an adverse effect on our ability to report our financial results on a timely and accurate basis.

We are required to produce our consolidated financial statements in accordance with the requirements of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports, to help mitigate the risk of fraud and to operate successfully. We are required by federal securities laws to document and test our internal control procedures in order to satisfy the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

Testing and maintaining our internal control over financial reporting can be expensive and divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to our business. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with applicable law, or our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to issue an unqualified attestation report if we conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, or our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified attestation report on our internal control, we could be required to take costly and time-consuming corrective measures, be required to restate the affected historical financial statements, be subjected to investigations and/or sanctions by federal and state securities regulators, and be subjected to civil lawsuits by security holders. Any of the foregoing could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and in us and would likely result in a decline in the market price of our stock and in our ability to raise additional financing if needed in the future.

We may be adversely affected by a security breach, such as a cyber-attack, which may cause a violation of HIPAA or HITECH and subject us to potential legal and reputational harm.

In the normal course of business, our information technology systems hold sensitive patient information including patient demographic data and other protected health information, which is subject to HIPAA and HITECH. We also contract with third-party vendors to maintain and store our patient’spatients’ individually identifiable health information. Numerous state and federal laws and regulations address privacy and information security concerns resulting from our access to our patient’s and employee’s personal information.

Our information technology systems and those of our vendors that process, maintain, and transmit such data are subject to computer viruses, cyber-attacks, or breaches. We adhere to policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with HIPAA and other privacy and information security laws and require our third-party vendors to do so as well. If, however, we or our third-party vendors experience a breach, loss, or other compromise of unsecured protected health information or other personal information, such an event could result in significant civil and criminal penalties, lawsuits, reputational harm, and increased costs to us, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Furthermore, while our information technology systems, and those of our third-party vendors, are maintained with safeguards protecting against cyber-attacks. A cyber-attack that bypasses our information technology security systems, or those of our third-party vendors, could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. In addition, our future results could be adversely affected due to the theft, destruction, loss, misappropriation, or release of protected health information, other confidential data or proprietary business information, operational or business delays resulting from the disruption of information technology systems and subsequent mitigation activities, or regulatory action taken as a result of such incident. We provide our employees with training and regular reminders on important measures they can take to prevent breaches. We routinely identify attempts to gain unauthorized access to our systems. However, given the rapidly evolving nature and proliferation of cyber threats, there can be no assurance our training and network security measures or other controls will detect, prevent, or remediate security or data breaches in a timely manner or otherwise prevent unauthorized access to, damage to, or interruption of our systems and operations. Accordingly, we may be vulnerable to losses associated with the improper functioning, security breach, or unavailability of our information systems as well as any systems used in acquired operations.

20
21

We depend upon the cultivation and maintenance of relationships with the physicians in our markets.

Our success is dependent upon referrals from physicians in the communities our clinics serve and our ability to maintain good relations with these physicians and other referral sources. Physicians referring patients to our clinics are free to refer their patients to other therapy providers or to their own physician owned therapy practice. If we are unable to successfully cultivate and maintain strong relationships with physicians and other referral sources, our business may decrease, and our net operating revenues may decline.

Our business depends upon hiring, training, and retaining qualified employees.

Our workforce costs represent our largest operating expense, and our ability to meet our labor needs while controlling labor costs is subject to numerous external factors, including market pressures with respect to prevailing wage rates and unemployment levels. We compete with rehabilitation companies and other businesses for many of our clinical and non-clinical employees, and turnover in these positions can lead to increased training and retention costs, particularly in a competitive labor market. We cannot be assured that we can continue to hire, train and retain qualified employees at current wage rates since we operate in a competitive labor market, and there are currently significant inflationary and other pressures on wages.  If we are unable to hire, properly train and retain qualified employees, we could experience higher employment costs and reduced revenues, which could adversely affect our earnings.

We depend upon our ability to recruit and retain experienced physical therapists.

Our revenue generation is dependent upon referrals from physicians in the communities our clinics serve, and our ability to maintain good relations with these physicians. Our therapists are the front line for generating these referrals and we are dependent on their talents and skills to successfully cultivate and maintain strong relationships with these physicians. If we cannot recruit and retain our base of experienced and clinically skilled therapists, our business may decrease, and our net operating revenues may decline. Periodically, we have clinics in isolated communities that are temporarily unable to operate due to the unavailability of a therapist who satisfies our standards.

We may also experience increases in our labor costs, primarily due to higher wages and greater benefits required to attract and retain qualified healthcare personnel, and such increases may adversely affect our profitability. Furthermore, while we attempt to manage overall labor costs in the most efficient way, our efforts to manage them may have limited effectiveness and may lead to increased turnover and other challenges.

Failure to maintain effective internal control over our financial reporting could have an adverse effect on our ability to report our financial results on a timely and accurate basis.

We are required to produce our consolidated financial statements in accordance with the requirements of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports, to help mitigate the risk of fraud and to operate successfully. We are required by federal securities laws to document and test our internal control procedures in order to satisfy the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with applicable law, or our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to issue an unqualified attestation report if we conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, or our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified attestation report on our internal control, we could be required to take costly and time-consuming corrective measures, be required to restate the affected historical financial statements, be subjected to investigations and/or sanctions by federal and state securities regulators, and be subjected to civil lawsuits by security holders. Any of the foregoing could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and in us and would likely result in a decline in the market price of our stock and in our ability to raise additional financing if needed in the future.

Our revenues may fluctuate due to weather.

We have a significant number of clinics in states that normally experience snow and ice during the winter months. Also, a significant number of our clinics are located in states along the Gulf Coast and Atlantic Coast which are subject to periodic winter storms, hurricanes and other severe storm systems. Periods of severe weather may cause physical damage to our facilities or prevent our staff or patients from traveling to our clinics, which may cause a decrease in our net operating revenues.

We operate in a highly competitive industry.

We encounter competition from local, regional or national entities, some of which have superior resources or other competitive advantages. Intense competition may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. For a more complete description of this competitive environment, see “Business—Competition” in Item 1. An adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations may require us to write down goodwill.

We may incur closure costs and losses.

The competitive, economic or reimbursement conditions in our markets in which we operate may require us to reorganize or to close certain clinics. In the event a clinic is reorganized or closed, we may incur losses and closure costs. The closure costs and losses may include, but are not limited to, lease obligations, severance, and write-down or write-off of goodwill and other intangible assets.

Future acquisitions may use significant resources, may be unsuccessful and could expose us to unforeseen liabilities.

As part of our growth strategy, we intend to continue pursuing acquisitions of outpatient physical therapy clinics and industrial injury prevention services businesses. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully identify or complete future acquisitions. Acquisitions may involve significant cash expenditures, potential debt incurrence and operational losses, dilutive issuances of equity securities and expenses that could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including:

the difficulty and expense of integrating acquired personnel into our business;

the diversion of management’s time from existing operations;

the potential loss of key employees of acquired companies;

the difficulty of assignment and/or procurement of managed care contractual arrangements; and

the assumption of the liabilities and exposure to unforeseen liabilities of acquired companies, including liabilities for failure to comply with healthcare regulations.

Employer and other contracted customers may terminate their relationship with us which could adversely affect the business.

In our industrial injury prevention services business, we perform services for large employers and their employees pursuant to contracts and other services agreement.  These contracts and other services agreements are able to be terminated by the employer-clients on little or short notice, and either a breach or termination of those contractual arrangements by such clients could cause operating results to be less than expected. Similarly, in our rehabilitation business, we have management and other services agreements with hospitals, physician groups and other ancillary providers; either a breach or termination of those contractual arrangements by such clients could cause operating results to be less than expected.

21
23

Risks related to our common stockRISKS RELATED TO OUR COMMON STOCK

Issuance of shares in connection with financing transactions or under stock incentive plans will dilute current stockholders.

Pursuant to our stock incentive plans, our Compensation Committee of the Board, consisting solely of independent directors, is authorized to grant stock awards to our employees, directors and consultants. Shareholders will incur dilution upon the exercise of any outstanding stock awards or the grant of any restricted stock. In addition, if we raise additional funds by issuing additional common stock, or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, further dilution to our existing stockholders will result, and new investors could have rights superior to existing stockholders.

The number of shares of our common stock eligible for future sale could adversely affect the market price of our stock.

AtOn December 31, 2020,2023, we had reserved approximately 233,000513,193 shares for future equity grants. We may issue additional restricted securities or register additional shares of common stock under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in the future. The issuance of a significant number of shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options or the availability for sale, or sale, of a substantial number of the shares of common stock eligible for future sale under effective registration statements, under Rule 144 or otherwise, could adversely affect the market price of the common stock.

Provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws could delay or prevent a change in control of our company, even if that change would be beneficial to our stockholders.

Certain provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws may delay, discourage, prevent or render more difficult an attempt to obtain control of our company, whether through a tender offer, business combination, proxy contest or otherwise. These provisions include the charter authorization of “blank check” preferred stock and a restriction on the ability of stockholders to call a special meeting.

ITEM 1B.UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.COMMENTS

NoneNone.

ITEM 1C.CYBERSECURITY

RISK MANAGEMENT AND STRATEGY

The Company recognizes the critical importance of developing, implementing, and maintaining robust cybersecurity measures to safeguard our information systems and protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of our patients’ health information and all our data.

Managing Material Risks & Integrated Overall Risk Management
The Company has strategically integrated cybersecurity risk management into our broader risk management framework to promote a company-wide culture of cybersecurity risk management. Cybersecurity considerations are an integral part of our decision-making processes where communication, data and access are involved. Our Information technology (“IT”) department works closely with our operations teams to continuously evaluate and address cybersecurity risks in alignment with our business and operational objectives. Our Chief Information Systems Officer, (“CISO”) and IT teams play an important role in assessing the cybersecurity infrastructure employed within our acquired practices to ensure that necessary security enhancements are employed in a timely manner.  The Company provides annual cybersecurity awareness training to its employees to mitigate risks by educating employees regarding best practices to avoid cybersecurity related breaches.

Engage Third-parties on Risk Management

Understanding the ever-changing and complex nature of cybersecurity threats, our organization values collaboration with external experts, including cybersecurity consultants, for advisory purposes. These collaborations are aimed at enhancing our understanding and management of cybersecurity risks. Through such engagements, we seek to gain insights and recommendations on improving our risk management frameworks and responses to potential cybersecurity incidents.

This approach allows us to benefit from specialized expertise, helping ensure that our cybersecurity strategies and processes are informed by current industry insights. While these collaborations are not mandated, they are encouraged as part of our commitment to maintaining a vigilant and adaptive cybersecurity posture in line with evolving best practices.

Oversee Third-party Risk
Aware of the potential risks posed by third-party service providers, our Company takes steps to perform security-related diligence on such providers. This diligence process aims to understand and evaluate the security measures and practices of our third-party partners. Our approach includes reviewing available information and seeking insights into their security and data management practices. This method is part of our broader strategy to mitigate the risks associated with data breaches or other security incidents that may arise from third-party engagements.
Risks from Cybersecurity Threats
We have not encountered cybersecurity challenges that have materially impaired our operations or financial standing. While we have experienced cybersecurity incidents within several of our partnership subsidiaries over the years, these incidents have not been material, as each incident (i) has been isolated to certain segregated IT environments, (ii) has affected relatively few patients and their associated health information, and/or (iii) had a low probability of compromised data.  Each of the foregoing cybersecurity incidents has been remediated in the ordinary course of business. However, we could experience a cybersecurity incident that materially affects us in the future. See “Risk Factors” in Item 1A on this Form-10K for additional discussion of cybersecurity risks to our business.

Governance
The Board of Directors recognizes the significance of cybersecurity threats to the Company’s operational integrity, data security and stakeholders.  The Board of Directors is acutely aware of the critical nature of managing risks associated with cybersecurity threats and sees this as a major priority for the company. The Board has established oversight mechanisms to ensure effective governance in managing risks associated with cybersecurity threats.

Board of Directors Oversight
The Compliance Committee is central to the Board’s oversight of cybersecurity risks and bears the primary responsibility for this domain. The Compliance Committee is composed of board members with diverse expertise, including risk management, technology, health care operations, and finance, equipping them to oversee cybersecurity risks effectively. In addition, each of the directors on the Compliance Committee has completed the Diligent Cyber Risk and Strategy Certification Program, developed by Diligent Corporation, a leading corporate governance technology company, which teaches cyber literacy for corporate directors to effectively govern significant enterprise-wide cyber risks and have meaningful conversations with management.

Management’s Role Managing Risk
The CISO plays a pivotal role in informing the Compliance Committee on cybersecurity risks. The CISO, in concert with the Chief Compliance Officer and General Counsel, provides comprehensive briefings to the Compliance Committee on a regular basis. These briefings encompass a broad range of topics, including:


Current cybersecurity landscape and emerging threats;

Status of ongoing cybersecurity initiatives and strategies;


Incident reports and learnings from any cybersecurity events; and

Compliance with regulatory requirements and industry standards.

In addition to our scheduled meetings, the Compliance Committee and management maintain an ongoing dialogue regarding emerging or potential cybersecurity risks. The Compliance Committee actively participates in strategic decisions related to cybersecurity. This involvement ensures that cybersecurity considerations are integrated into the Company’s broader strategic objectives.

Risk Management Personnel
Primary responsibility for assessing, monitoring and managing our cybersecurity risks rests with the CISO, Mr. Chadd Pence. With over 25 years of experience in the field of IT and cybersecurity, Mr. Pence brings a wealth of expertise to his role. His background includes experience as an enterprise CISO and his knowledge and experience are instrumental in developing and executing our cybersecurity strategies. Our CISO oversees our cybersecurity efforts and governance programs, tests our compliance with standards, remediates known risks, and provides regular guidance to management and the Board on these areas. In addition, to supplement this expertise, we periodically engage external experts, including cybersecurity consultants, to help us evaluate our risk management related policies and to help us to review and remediate cybersecurity incidents.

Monitor Cybersecurity Incidents
The CISO is continually informed about the latest developments in cybersecurity, including potential threats and innovative risk management techniques. This ongoing knowledge acquisition is crucial for the effective prevention, detection, mitigation, and remediation of cybersecurity incidents. The CISO implements and oversees processes for the regular monitoring of our information systems. This includes the deployment of a variety of security measures and system audits to identify potential vulnerabilities. In the event of a cybersecurity incident, the CISO is equipped with a well-defined incident response plan. This plan includes immediate actions to mitigate the impact and long-term strategies for remediation and prevention of future incidents.

Reporting to Board of Directors
The CISO, in his capacity, regularly informs our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Executive Officer of all aspects related to cybersecurity risks and incidents. This ensures that the highest levels of management are kept abreast of the cybersecurity posture and potential risks facing the Company. Furthermore, significant cybersecurity matters, and strategic risk management decisions are escalated to the Compliance Committee and the full Board of Directors, ensuring that they have comprehensive oversight and can provide guidance on critical cybersecurity issues.

ITEM 2.PROPERTIES.PROPERTIES

We lease the properties used for our clinics under non-cancelable operating leases with terms ranging from one to fiveseven years, with the exception of the property for one clinic which we own. We intend to lease the premises for any new clinic locationslocation except in rare instances where leasing is not a cost-effective alternative. Our typical clinic occupies 1,000 to 7,000 square feet.feet of leased space in an office building or shopping center. There are 1425 clinics occupying space in the range of over 7,000 square feet to 13,500to16,500 square feet.

We also lease our executive offices located in Houston, Texas, under a non-cancelable operating lease expiring in February 2028. We currently lease approximately 44,000 square feet of space (including allocations for common areas) at our executive offices.

ITEM 3.LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.PROCEEDINGS

We are a party to various legal actions, proceedings, and claims (some of which are not insured), and regulatory and other governmental audits and investigations in the ordinary course of our business. We cannot predict the ultimate outcome of pending litigation, proceedings, and regulatory and other governmental audits and investigations. These matters could potentially subject usthe Company to sanctions, damages, recoupments, fines, and other penalties. The Department of Justice, CMS, or other federal and state enforcement and regulatory agencies may conduct additional investigations related to our businesses in the future that may, either individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations, and liquidity.

Healthcare providers are subject to lawsuits under the qui tam provisions of the federal False Claims Act. Qui tam lawsuits typically remain under seal for some time while the government decides whether or not to intervene on behalf of a private qui tam plaintiff (known as a relator) and take the lead in the litigation. These lawsuits can involve significant monetary damages and penalties and award bounties to private plaintiffs who successfully bring the suits. We are and have been a defendant in these cases in the past and may be named as a defendant in similar cases from time to time in the future.

Prior Florida LitigationLegal Matter

On August 19,In 2019, we received notice of a qui tam lawsuit (“the Complaint”) was filed by a relator on behalf of the United States titled U.S. ex rel. Bonnie Elsdon, v. U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc., U.S. Physical Therapy, Ltd., Rehab Partners #2, Inc., The Hale Hand Center, Limited Partnershipagainst us and one of our Florida majority-owned subsidiaries (the “Hale Partnership”), and Suzanne Hale..   This whistleblower lawsuit was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Texas, seeking damages and civil penalties under the federal False Claim Act.  This lawsuit was originally filed under seal by a former employee of The Hale Hand Center, Limited Partnership (“Hale Partnership”), a majority-owned subsidiary of the Company, on May 25, 2018. The U.S Government declined to intervene in the case and unsealed the Complaint onin July 17, 2019.  The plaintiff - relator served the Complaint on us and the other named defendants on August 19, 2019.

The Complaint allegesalleged that the Hale Partnership engaged in conduct to purposely “upcode” its billings for services provided to Medicare patients. The plaintiff - relator points to three dates of service and provides examples of what it alleges are inflated billings by the Hale Partnership; the relator then claimsplaintiff-relator also claimed that similar false claims must have occurred on other days and at other Company-owned partnerships.

On October 3, 2019,In January 2022, we filed Motions to Dismiss based on numerous grounds on behalf of each ofentered into a settlement agreement with the named defendants. On October 29, 2019,plaintiff-relator. In the settlement agreement, the plaintiff-relator dismissed three of the namedreleased all defendants Rehab Partners #2, Inc., U.S. Physical Therapy, Ltd., and Suzanne Hale. The Motions to Dismiss as to the remaining two defendants has been fully briefed and is pending before the Courtfrom liability for a ruling.

We have engaged counsel and fully investigated the matter, and believe that the allegationsall conduct alleged in the Complaint, haveand the Company admitted no merit. We intend to vigorously defend this action, but at this time we are unable to predictliability or wrongdoing.  In connection with the timing and outcomesettlement, the Office of the matter.United States Attorney for the Southern District of Texas agreed to a dismissal of the claims against the Hale Partnership and the Company. Under the terms of the settlement, we agreed to make aggregate payments to the government, the plaintiff-relator and her counsel of $2.8 million.

ITEM 4.MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.DISCLOSURES

Not Applicable.

PART II

ITEM 5.MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.SECURITIES

Our common stock has traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) since August 14, 2012, under the symbol “USPH.” Prior to that, our common stock was traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “USPH”. As of March 1, 2021,February 29, 2024, there were 7983 holders of record of our outstanding common stock.

DIVIDENDS

On February 23, 2021,Our Board of Directors declared the following dividends during the year ended December 31, 2023:

Declaration Date
 Record Date
 Payment Date Dividend Per Share  Aggregate Amount
(in thousands)
 
02/21/2023
03/10/2023
04/07/2023
$0.43  $5,617 
05/02/2023
05/18/2023
06/09/2023
$0.43  $5,621 
08/07/2023
08/18/2023
09/08/2023
$0.43  $6,445 
11/06/2023
11/16/2023
12/08/2023
$0.43  $6,445 

There is no assurance that future dividends will be declared. The declaration and payment of dividends in the future are at the discretion of our Board of Directors declared a dividend of $0.35 per share which will be paid on April 9, 2021after taking into account various factors, including, but not limited to, shareholders of record as of March 12, 2021. During 2020, we paid aour financial condition, operating results, available cash dividend forand current and anticipated cash needs, and the first quarter of 2020 of $0.32 per share on all shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of April 17, 2020 which amounted to $4.1 million. In March 2020, our Board of Directors announced the suspension of any further dividends in 2020. During 2019, we paid a quarterly dividend of $0.27 for the first and second quarters and $0.30 per share for the third and fourth quarters, totaling $1.14 per share for the year, which amounted to total aggregate cash payments of dividends to holdersterms of our common stockCredit Agreement (as defined in 2019“Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of approximately $14.5 million. During 2018, we paid a regular quarterly dividendFinancial Condition and Results of $0.23 per share, totaling $0.92 per share, which amounted to total aggregate cash payments of dividends to holders of our common stock in 2018 of approximately $11.7 million.Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources”). We are currently restricted from paying dividends on our common stock in excess of $50,000,000 in any fiscal year on our common stock under the Credit Agreement (as defined in ‘‘Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources’’).Agreement.

23

FIVE YEAR PERFORMANCE GRAPH

The following performance graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return of our common stock to The NYSE Composite Index and the NYSE Health Care Index for the period from December 31, 2018 through December 31, 2023. The graph assumes that $100 was invested in our common stock and the common stock of each of the companies listed on The NYSE Composite Index and The NYSE Health Care Index on December 31, 2018 and that any dividends were reinvested.

28

Comparison of Five Years Cumulative Total Return for the Year Ended December 31, 2023

graphic

 12/1812/1912/2012/2112/2212/23
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc.100112117937991
NYSE Healthcare Index100119132161155159

The foregoing performance graph and related description shall not be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or under the Exchange Act, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate this information by reference. In addition, the performance graph and the related description shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or “filed” with the SEC or subject to
Regulation 14A or 14C.

On August 14, 2012, our common stock began trading on NYSE. The following performance graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return of our common stock to The NYSE Composite Index and the NYSE Health Care Index for the period from December 31, 2015 through December 31, 2020. The graph assumes that $100 was invested in our common stock and the common stock of each of the companies listed on The NYSE Composite Index and The NYSE Health Care Index on December 31, 2015 and that any dividends were reinvested.

Comparison of Five Years Cumulative Total Return for the Year Ended December 31, 2020

graphic

12/1512/1612/1712/1812/1912/20
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc.100131135191213224
NYSE Composite100109126112137143
NYSE Healthcare Index10097115122146162
ITEM 6.RESERVED

24
29

Table of Contents
ITEM 6.7.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of U.S. Physical Therapy, Incl and its subsidiaries (herein referred to as “we”, “us”, “our” or the “Company”) should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements” sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

This section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K generally discusses 2023 and 2022 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2023 and 2022. Discussions of 2021 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2022 and 2021 can be found in “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 28, 2023.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Our Business. We operate outpatientour business through our reportable segments which include the (1) physical therapy operations segment and (2) the industrial injury prevention services (“IIP”) segment. Our physical therapy operations consist of physical therapy and occupational therapy clinics that provide pre- andpre-and post-operative care and treatment for a varietyof orthopedic-related disorders, and sports-related injuries, neurologically-related injuries andpreventive care, rehabilitation of injured workers. At December 31, 2020, we operated 554 clinics in 39 states. The average age of our clinics at December 31, 2020 was 11.03 years. In addition to our ownershipworkers and operation of outpatient physical therapy clinics, we also manage physical therapy facilities for third parties, such as physicians and hospitals, with 38 such third-party facilities under management as of December 31, 2020.

In March 2017, we acquired a 55% interest inneurological injuries. Services provided by the initial industrialIIP segment include onsite injury prevention business. On April 30, 2018, we made a second acquisition and subsequently combined the two businesses. After the combination, the Company owned a 59.45% interest in the combined business, Briotix Health, Limited Partnership (“Briotix Health”). Services provided include onsite injuryrehabilitation, performance optimization, post-offer employment testing, functional evaluations and ergonomic assessments. The majority of these services are contracted with and paid for directly by employers, including a number of Fortune 500 companies. Other clients include large insurers and their contractors. We perform theseThese services are performed through Industrial Sports Medicine Professionals, consisting of both physical therapists and specialized certified athletic trainers (ATCs). On April 11, 2019, we acquired a third company that is a provider of industrial injury prevention services. This acquired company specializes in delivering injury prevention and care, post offer employment testing, functional capacity evaluations and return-to-work services. It performs these services across a network in 45 states including onsite at eleven client locations. After the acquisition, the business was then combined with Briotix Health increasing our ownership position in the partnership to approximately 76.0%(“ATCs”).

In addition toDuring the above acquired interests in the industrial injury prevention businesses, during 2020, 2019 and 2018,last three years, we completed the following acquisitions of clinic practices and IIP businesses detailed below:

    % Interest Number of
Acquisition Date Acquired Clinics
October 2023 Acquisition
 October 31, 2023 ** *
September 2023 Acquisition 1
 September 29, 2023 70% 4
September 2023 Acquisition 2
 September 29, 2023 70% 1
July 2023 Acquisition
 July 31, 2023 70% 7
May 2023 Acquisition
 May 31, 2023 45% 4
February 2023 Acquisition
 February 28, 2023 80% 1
November 2022 Acquisition
 November 30, 2022 80% 13
October 2022 Acquisition
 October 31, 2022 60% 14
September 2022 Acquisition
 September 30, 2022 80% 2
August 2022 Acquisition
 August 31, 2022 70% 6
March 2022 Acquisition
 March 31, 2022 70% 6
December 2021 Acquisition December 31, 2021 75% 3
November 2021 Acquisition November 30, 2021 70% *
September 2021 Acquisition September 30, 2021 100% *
June 2021 Acquisition June 30, 2021 65% 8
March 2021 Acquisition March 31, 2021 70% 6

*IIP business
**On October 31, 2023, we concurrently acquired 100% of an IIP business and a 55% equity interest in an ergonomics software business (“October 2023 Acquisition”).

30

Table of Contents
The following table provides a roll forward of our clinic count for the periods presented.

  For the Year Ended 
  December 31, 2023  December 31, 2022  December 31, 2021 
Number of clinics, beginning of period  640   591   554 
Additions  46   65   42 
Closed or sold  (15)  (16)  (5)
Number of clinics, end of period  671   640   591 

Our strategy is to continue acquiring outpatient physical therapy operations:practices, develop outpatient physical therapy clinics as satellites in existing partnerships, and continue acquiring companies that provide or serve our IIP sector.

Acquisition Date 
% Interest
Acquired
 
Number of
Clinics
November 2020 Acquisition November 30, 2020 75% 3
September 2020 Acquisition September 30, 2020 70% *
February 2020 Acquisition February 27, 2020 65% ** 4
September 2019 Acquisition September 30, 2019 67% 11
August 2018 Acquisition August 31, 2018 70% 4
In May 2023, we completed a secondary offering of 1,916,667 shares of its common stock at an offering price of $90.00 per share.  Upon completion of the offering, we received net proceeds of approximately $163.6 million, after deducting an underwriting discount of $8.6 million and recognizing related fees and expenses of $0.2 million.  A portion of the net proceeds was used to repay the $35.0 million then outstanding under our credit agreement while the remainder is expected to be used primarily for additional acquisitions.

Our Board of Directors raised our quarterly dividend to $0.44 per share, on February 27, 2024, and declared a quarterly dividend for the first quarter of 2024 at the higher rate.

Medicare Reimbursement

The Medicare program reimburses outpatient rehabilitation providers based on the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule (“MPFS”). Outpatient rehabilitation providers may enroll in Medicare as institutional outpatient rehabilitation facilities (i.e., rehab agencies) or individual physical or occupational therapists in private practice. The majority of our clinicians are enrolled as individual physical or occupational therapists in private practice while the remaining balance of providers are reimbursed through enrolled rehab agencies. The following is a summary of significant regulatory changes which have affected our results of operations as well as the policies and payment rates that may affect our future results of operations.

For calendar years 2021 and 2022, CMS’s expected decreases in Medicare reimbursement were mostly offset by one-time increases in payments as a result of other legislation passed by Congress. Payments under the 2023 MPFS physician fee schedule decreased by 2%, and for calendar year 2024, CMS’s final policies for 2024 will result in an approximately 3.5% decrease in Medicare payments for the therapy specialty.

In the final 2020 MPFS rule, CMS clarified that when the physical therapist is involved for the entire duration of the service and the physical therapist assistant (“PTA”) provides skilled therapy alongside the physical therapist, the CQ modifier is not required. Also, when the same service (code) is furnished separately by the physical therapist and PTA, CMS applies the de minimis standard to each 15-minute unit of codes, not on the total physical therapist and PTA time of the service. For dates of service on and after January 1, 2022, CMS pays for physical therapy and occupational therapy services provided by PTAs and occupational therapist assistants (“OTAs”) at 85% of the otherwise applicable Part B payment amount. CMS allows a timed service to be billed without the CQ or CO modifier when a PTA or OTA participates in providing care, but the physical therapist or occupational therapist meets the Medicare billing requirements without including the PTA’s or OTA’s minutes. This occurs when the physical therapist or occupational therapist provides more minutes than the 15-minute midpoint. The calendar year 2024 MPFS final rule did not contain any policy changes concerning the modifiers for services provided by physical therapy and occupational therapy assistants.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The defined terms with their respective description used in the following discussion are listed below:

*The business includes six management
Mature Clinics are clinics opened or acquired prior to January 1, 2022, and services contracts which had a remaining term of approximately five yearsare still operating as of December 31, 2023.
Net rate per patient visit is net patient revenue related to our physical therapy operations divided by total number of patient visits (defined below) during the date acquired.periods presented.
Patient visits is the number of unique patient visits during the periods presented.
**The four
Average daily visits per clinic is patient visits divided by the number of days in which normal business operations were conducted during the periods presented and further divided by the average number clinics are in four separate partnerships. The Company's interest inoperation during the four partnerships   range from 10.0%periods presented.
Full Year 2023 refers to 83.8%, with an overall 65.0% based on the initial purchase transaction.year ended December 31, 2023.
Full Year 2022 refers to the year ended December 31, 2022.

Also during 2019, we purchased
31

Table of Contents
Full Year 2023 versus Full Year 2022

Total net revenue for the assetsFull Year 2023 increased $51.7 million, or 9.3%, to $604.8 million from $553.1 million for the Full Year 2022 while operating costs increased $42.2 million, or 9.6%, to $483.3 million from $441.1 million over the same periods, respectively. Total operating cost was $483.3 million for the 2023 Year, or 79.9% of total revenue, as compared to $441.1million or 79.7% of total revenue for the 2022 Year. Gross profit for the Full Year 2023 was $121.5 million, or 20.1% of net revenue, compared to $112.0 million for the Full Year 2022, or 20.3% of net revenue.

Net income attributable to our shareholders (“USPH net income”) was $28.2 million for Full Year 2023 compared to $32.2 million for Full Year 2022.  USPH net income included a non-cash impairment charge, prior to allocation to non-controlling interest and businessincome taxes, of one physical therapy clinic in a separate transaction. The clinic operates as a satellite clinic of one of our existing partnerships. Besides the multi-clinic acquisition in 2018 referenced$17.5 million in the table above, we acquired five separate clinic practices through severalyear ended December 31, 2023 ($9.1 million net of our majority owned Clinic Partnerships. These practices operate as satellites$5.2 million allocated to non-controlling interest and $3.1 million income tax) and $9.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2022 ($4.7 million net of $2.7 million allocated to non-controlling interest and $1.6 million income tax). In accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), the respective existing Clinic Partnerships.revaluation of non-controlling interest, net of taxes, is not included in net income but is charged directly to retained earnings; however, this change is included in the computation of earnings per share.  Earnings per share for Full Year 2023 were $1.28 compared to $2.25 for Full Year 2022.

  For the Year Ended 
  December 31, 2023  December 31, 2022 
  (In thousands, except per share data) 
Earnings per share      
Computation of earnings per share - USPH shareholders:      
Net income attributable to USPH shareholders $28,239  $32,158 
Charges to retained earnings:        
Revaluation of redeemable non-controlling interest  (13,565)  (3,890)
Tax effect at statutory rate (federal and state)  3,466   994 
  $18,140  $29,262 
         
Earnings per share (basic and diluted) $1.28  $2.25 
         
Shares used in computation - basic and diluted  14,188   12,985 

Non-GAAP Measures

We intenduse Adjusted EBITDA and Operating Results, non-GAAP measures, which eliminate certain items described below that can be subject to continuevolatility and unusual costs, as the principal measures to pursue additional acquisition opportunities, develop new clinicsevaluate and open satellite clinics.monitor financial performance period over period. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA and Operating Results are useful measures for investors to use in comparing the Company's period-to-period results as well as for comparing with other similar businesses since most do not have redeemable instruments and therefore have different equity structures.

ImpactAdjusted EBITDA is defined as net income attributable to our shareholders before interest income, interest expense, taxes, depreciation, amortization, non-cash asset impairment charge, change in fair value of COVID-19

As previously disclosedcontingent earn-out consideration, Relief Funds, changes in a seriesrevaluation of filings with the SECput-right liability, equity-based awards compensation expense, and further described in detail in our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Qrelated portions for the quarters ended March 31, 2020, June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020 filed with the SEC on May 21, 2020, August 7, 2020, and November 6, 2020, respectively, our results have been negatively impacted by the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. Management has taken a number of steps to reduce costs, make up for operating losses incurred in March and April, and increase profits. We continue to experience somewhat lower physical therapy patient volumes; however revenues improved significantly in the 2020 fourth quarter, compared to the 2020 second and third quarters. Our average physical therapy patient volumes per day per clinic were 26.2, 18.9, 25.8 and 27.7 respectively, in the first to fourth quarters of 2020. Our industrial injury prevention business has been less affected by the pandemic.non-controlling interests.

25
32

Table of Contents
In March, withOperating Results equals net income attributable to our shareholders less non-cash asset impairment charge, changes in revaluation of put-right liability, Relief Funds, changes in fair value of contingent earn-out consideration, and any allocations to non-controlling interests, all net of taxes. Operating Results per share also exclude the onsetimpact of the COVID-19 pandemic, we began to furlough or terminate approximately 40%revaluation of our 5,500 fullredeemable non-controlling interest and part-time workforce. As of December 31, 2020 approximately 1,200 of the furloughed employees have returned to work at some point during the year.associated tax impact.

As of the filing of this annual report, we continueThe tables below reconcile net income attributable to experience lower physical therapy revenues. As stay at home ordersour shareholders calculated in accordance with GAAP to Operating Results and other restrictions have been lifted, we have seen our physical therapy volumes trending upwards. Should stay at home orders or other restrictions be reenacted, we could see our patient volume and revenues decline again.Adjusted EBITDA.

We have put preparedness plans in place at our facilities to maintain continuity
33

Table of operations, while also taking steps to keep employees and patients safe. In line with recommendations to reduce large gatherings and increase social distancing, we have, where practical, transitioned a large number of office-based employees to a remote work environment.Contents
ADJUSTED EBITDA AND OPERATING RESULTS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
(unaudited)

  For the Year Ended 
  December 31, 2023  December 31, 2022 
  (In thousands, except per share data) 
Adjusted EBITDA  (a non-GAAP measure)      
Net income attributable to USPH shareholders $28,239  $32,158 
Adjustments:        
Provision for income taxes  12,156   12,164 
Depreciation and amortization  15,695   14,743 
Interest expense, debt and other, net  9,303   5,779 
Interest income from investments  (3,774)  - 
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets  17,495   9,112 
Equity-based awards compensation expense  7,236   7,264 
Change in revaluation of put-right liability  (2,582)  5 
Change in fair value of contingent earn-out consideration  1,550   (2,520)
Relief Funds*  (467)  - 
Other income  (390)  (859)
Allocation to non-controlling interests  (6,744)  (4,185)
   77,717   73,661 
         
Operating Results (a non-GAAP measure)        
Net income attributable to USPH shareholders $28,239  $32,158 
Adjustments:        
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets  17,495   9,112 
Change in fair value of contingent earn-out consideration  1,550   (2,520)
Change in revaluation of put-right liability  (2,582)  5 
Relief Funds*  (467)  - 
Allocation to non-controlling interest  (5,215)  (2,734)
Tax effect at statutory rate (federal and state)  (2,755)  (987)
  $36,265  $35,034 
         
Operating Results per share (a non-GAAP measure) $2.56  $2.70 

*In March 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the federal government approved the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was signed into law.. The CARES Act provides numerous tax provisions and other stimulus measures, including temporary changes regarding the prior and future utilization of net operating losses, temporary changes to the prior and future limitations on interest deductions, temporary suspension of certain payment requirements for the employer portion of Social Security taxes, technical corrections from prior tax legislation for tax depreciation of certain qualified improvement property, and the creation of certain payroll tax credits associated with the retention of employees.

We have received a number of benefits under the CARES Act including, but not limited to:

The CARES Act allowed for qualified healthcare providers to receive advanced payments under the existing Medicare Accelerated and Advance Payments Program (“MAAPP funds”) during the COVID-19 pandemic. Under this program, healthcare providers could choose to receive advanced payments for future Medicare services provided. We applied for and received approval to receive MAAP funds from Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”) in April 2020. We will record these payments as a liability until all performance obligations have been met as the paymentswere made on behalf of patients before services were provided. Currently, MAAPP funds received are required to be applied to future Medicare billings commencing in August 2021, with all such remaining amounts required to be repaid by January 2024. Beginning January 2024, any unpaid balance will begin accruing interest. We currently intendto repay funds prior to August 2021. Included in cash and cash equivalents and accrued liabilities at December 31, 2020 is $14.1 million of MAAPP funds.

We elected to defer depositing the employer’s share of Social Security taxes for payments due from March 27, 2020 through December 31, 2020, interest-free and penalty-free. As of December 31, 2020, $4.2 million related to these deferred payments is included in accrued liabilities and $4.1 million is included in long term liabilities.

The CARES Act provided additional waivers, reimbursement, grants and other funds to assist health care providers during the COVID-19 pandemic, including $100.0 billion in appropriations for the Public Health and Social Services Emergency Fund, also referred to as the Provider Relief Fund, to be used for preventing, preparing, and responding to the coronavirus, and for reimbursing eligible health care providers for lost revenues and health care related expenses that are attributable to COVID-19. Through December 31, 2020, our consolidated subsidiaries received approximately $13.5 million of paymentsThe Company recorded income under the CARES Act (“("Relief Funds”Funds").

Adjusted EBITDA increased $4.1 million to $77.7 million for Full Year 2023 from $73.7 million in Full Year 2022 while Operating Results increased $1.2 million to $36.3 million, or $2.56 per share, in Full Year 2023 from $35.0 million, or $2.70 per share, in the Full Year 2022.  The increase in both Adjusted EBITDA and Operating Results was primarily associated with clinic additions since the comparable prior year period and increased volume at mature clinics.

34

Table of Contents
Physical Therapy Operations

  For the Year Ended December 31,  Variance   
  2023  2022  $  
%   
  (In thousands, except percentages)   
Revenue related to:               
Mature Clinics (1) $452,459  $421,806  $30,653   7.3%
 
Clinic additions (2)  60,495   39,990   20,505   * (6)
Clinics sold or closed (3)  1,602   2,794   (1,192)  * (6)
Net Patient Revenue  514,556   464,590   49,966   10.8%  
Other (4)  11,992   11,502   490   4.3%  
Total  526,548   476,092   50,456   10.6%  
Operating costs (4)  421,484   380,035   41,449   10.9%  
Gross profit $105,064  $96,057  $9,007   9.4%  
                   
Financial and operating metrics (not in thousands):                  
Net rate per patient visit (1) $102.80  $103.63  $(0.83)  (0.8)%  
Patient visits (1)  5,005,426   4,483,282   522,144.0   11.6%  
Average daily visits per clinic (1)  30.0   28.7   1.3   4.5%  
Gross margin  20.0%  20.2%  

  

  
Salaries and related costs per visit, clinics (5) $59.19  $59.52  $(0.33)  (0.6)%  
Operating costs per visit, clinics (5) $82.79  $83.34  $(0.55)  (0.7)%  
Working days  254   255   (1)  (0.4)%  
Number of clinics at the end of the period  671   640   31   4.8%  


(1)
See defined terms abovefor definitions.
(2)Clinic additions during the years ended 2023 and 2022.
(3)Revenue from closed clinics includes revenues from the 15 and 16 clinics closed during the full year December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
(4)Includes revenues and costs from management contracts.
(5)Excludes management contract costs.
(6)Not meaningful.

Revenues

Revenues increased $50.5 million, or 10.6%, to $526.5 million in Full Year 2023 compared to $476.1 million in Full Year 2022.  This increase was primarily due to a record-high average daily visits per clinic for a full year in the Company’s history of 30.0 visits, and an increase in volume from the 31 net new clinics added since the comparable prior year period, partially offset by a decrease in net rate per patient visit to $102.80 for Full Year 2023 compared to $103.63 for Full Year 2022. Total patient visits were 5,005,426 for the 2023 Year and 4,483,282 for the 2022 Year, an increase of 11.6%, with visits at mature clinics up 3.1%. The decrease in net rate in the Full Year 2023 from the Full Year 2022 was primarily due to the combined Medicare rate reductions in 2022 and 2023. All other payor categories, including commercial and workers’ compensation, increased as compared to the prior year.

Other revenue was $12.0 million for the Full Year 2023 Year and $11.5 million for the Full Year 2022, of which management contracts was $8.6 million for the Full Year 2023 as compared to $8.1 million for the Full Year 2022.

Operating costs

Operating costs increased by $41.4 million or 10.9% to $421.5 million in the Full Year 2023 from $380.0 million in the Full Year 2022. The increase was primarily due to the higher volume from the new clinics added since the comparable year period as well as increased patient visits in Mature Clinics. Operating costs for Mature Clinics increased $10.1 million year over year to $363.2 million for the Full Year 2023 from $353.2 million for the Full Year 2022 due to increased visits in the comparable periods. On a per visit basis (excluding management contracts), operating costs decreased to $82.79 for the Full Year 2023 compared to $83.34 for the Full Year 2022.

Salaries and related costs related to clinics increased to $296.3 million in the Full Year 2023 from $266.8 million in the 2022 Year, an increase of $29.5 million, or 11.1%. Salaries and related costs per visit (excluding management contracts), related to clinics decreased to $59.19 for the Full Year 2023 from 59.52 for the Full Year 2022 mostly due to the 31 new clinics added year over year as well as increased visits from Mature Clinics.

35

Table of Contents
Rent, supplies, contract labor and other costs related to clinics increased to $97.2 million in the Full Year 2023 from $87.6 million in the 2022 Year, an increase of $9.6 million, or 11.1% mostly due to the 31 new clinics added year over year as well as increased visits from Mature Clinics. Rent, supplies, contract labor and other costs, clinics decreased slightly on a per visit basis to $19.42 per visit for the Full Year 2023 compared to $19.53 for the Full Year 2022. Operating costs related to management contracts increased 10.7% from $6.4 million for the Full Year 2022 to $7.1 million in the Full Year 2023.

The provision for credit losses was $6.2 million for the Full Year 2023 and $5.5 million for the Full Year 2022. As a percentage of net revenues, the provision for credit losses were 1.0% for both 2023 and 2022. Our provision for credit losses as a percentage of total patient accounts receivable was 5.0% on December 31, 2023, and 5.2% on December 31, 2022.

Gross Profit

Gross profit from physical therapy operations increased $9.0 million, or 9.4%, to $105.1 million for Full Year 2023 from $96.1 million for Full Year 2022 while the gross profit margin from physical therapy operations decreased slightly to 20.0% for Full Year 2023 from 20.2% and Full Year 2022.

Industrial Injury Prevention Services

  For the Year Ended December 31, 
  202  2022 
  (In thousands, except percentages) 
Net revene $78,254  $77,052 
Operating costs  61,809   61,085 
Gross profit $16,445  $15,967 
         
Gross margin  21.0%  20.7%

IIP business revenue increased $1.2 million to $78.3 million for the Full Year 2023 as compared to $77.1 million for the Full Year 2022. Operating costs related to the IIP business increased 1.2% in the Full Year 2023 to $61.8 million from $61.1 million for the Full Year 2022. Gross profit increased $0.5 million, or 3.0%, to $16.4 million for Full Year 2023 from $16.0 million for the Full Year 2022 while gross profit margin percentage from IIP operations increased slightly to 21.0% for Full Year 2023 from 20.7% for the Full Year 2022.

Corporate Office Costs

Corporate office costs were $52.0 million, or 8.6% of net revenue, for the Full Year 2023 compared to $46.1 million, or 8.3% of net revenue, for the Full Year 2022. The increase in corporate office costs was primarily due to higher salaries and related costs to support the larger number of clinics.

Impairment of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

A non-cash impairment charge of $17.5 million was recognized during the Full Year 2023 related to a reporting unit in our IIP segment. This compares to a $9.1 million non-cash impairment charge to goodwill in the comparable prior year period related to the same reporting unit.

Operating Income

Operating income was $52.1 million for the Full Year 2023 compared to $56.8 million for the Full Year 2022.  Excluding the non-cash impairment charge of $17.5 million in the Full Year 2023 and $9.1 million in the Full Year 2022, operating income was $69.6 million for the twelve months ended 2023 compared to $65.9 million for the twelve months ended 2022.

36

Table of Contents
Other (Expenses) Income

Interest Expense, Debt and Other

Interest expense, net of $3.3 million savings from an interest rate swap arrangement discussed below in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources - Interest Rate Swap”, increased $3.5 million to $9.3 million for the Full Year 2023 compared to $5.8 million in the Full Year 2022 due to increased borrowings. The interest rate on the Company’s term loan, was 4.9% for the Full Year 2023, with an all-in effective interest rate, including all associated costs, of 5.3%.

Interest income from investment

Interest income from investment amounted to $3.8 million for the Full Year 2023. This interest income is a result of investing excess cash associated with proceeds from our secondary offering completed in May 2023.

Change in fair value of contingent earn-out consideration

We revalued contingent earn-out consideration related to certain acquisitions resulting in an expense of $1.6 million for the Full Year 2023 compared to a gain of $2.5 million for the Full Year 2022.

Change in Revaluation of Put-Right Liability

For the Full Year 2023, we recorded a gain of $2.6 million on the valuation of the put-right liability compared to a loss of less than $0.1 million for the Full Year 2022. The put-right relates to the potential future purchase of a company that provides physical therapy and rehabilitation services to hospitals and other ancillary providers in a distinct market area.

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliate

For the Full Year 2023, we recognizedincome of $1.0 million compared to $1.2 million for the Full Year 2022 from a joint venture which provides physical therapy services for patients at hospitals. Since we are deemed to not have a controlling interest in the joint venture, our investment is accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

Provision for Income Taxes

The provision for income tax was $12.2 million for each of the years ended 2023 and 2022. The provision for income tax as a percentage of income before taxes less net income attributable to non-controlling interest (effective tax rate) was 30.1% for 2023 and 27.4% for 2022 as calculated below.  The increase in the effective tax rate was primarily due to return-to-provision adjustments mostly related to true up of differences between tax and book basis of certain intangibles.

37

Table of Contents
  For the Year Ended 
  December 31, 2023  December 31, 2022 
  (In thousands, except percentages) 
Income before taxes $49,376  $55,571 
         
Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interest:        
Redeemable non-controlling interest - temporary equity  (4,426)  (6,902)
Non-controlling interest - permanent equity  (4,555)  (4,347)
  $(8,981) $(11,249)
         
Income before taxes less net income attributable to non-controlling interest $40,395  $44,322 
         
Provision for income taxes $12,156  $12,164 
         
Effective income tax rate  30.1%  27.4%

Net Income Attributable to Non-controlling Interest

Net income attributable to redeemable non-controlling interest (temporary equity) was $4.4 million for the Full Year 2023 and $6.9 million for the Full Year 2022.  Net income attributable to non-controlling interest (permanent equity) was $4.6 million for the Full Year 2023 and $4.3 million for the Full Year 2022.

Other Comprehensive Income

We entered into an interest rate swap agreement in May 2022, which became effective on June 30, 2022.  The maturity date of the swap agreement is June 30, 2027.  It has a $150 million notional value adjusted concurrently with scheduled principal payments made on the term loan.  Beginning in July 2022, we pay a fixed one-month Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) of interest of 2.815%. The total interest rate in any period also includes an applicable margin based on the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio. In the Full Year 2023, our interest rate including the applicable margin was 4.9%.  Unrealized gains and losses related to the fair value of the interest rate swap are recorded to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax. The fair value of the interest rate swap at December 31, 2023, was $3.7 million, and $5.4 million at December 31, 2022, which has been included within Other assets (current and long term) in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet. The impact of the interest rate swap on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income was an unrealized loss of $1.2 million, net of tax, for the 2023 Year.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

We believe that our business has sufficient cash to allow us to meet our short-term cash requirements. Total cash and cash equivalents were $152.8 million as of December 31, 2023, compared to $31.6 million as of December 31, 2022. Additionally, we had $144.4 million of outstanding borrowings and $175.0 million in available credit under our credit facilities as of December 31, 2023, compared to $179.1 million of outstanding borrowings and $145.9 million in available credit under our credit facilities as of December 31, 2022.

On May 30, 2023, we completed a secondary offering of our common stock resulting in net proceeds of $163.6 million after deducting fees associated with the transaction. A portion of the net proceeds was used to repay the $35.0 million then outstanding under our Credit Agreement while the remainder is expected to be used primarily for acquisitions. Our cash is currently invested in a high-yield savings account which generated interest income of approximately $2.1 million in 2023.

We believe that our cash and cash equivalents and availability under our Credit Facilities are sufficient to fund the working capital needs of our operating subsidiaries through at least February 29, 2025.

38

Table of Contents
Historically, we have generated sufficient cash from operations to fund our development activities and to cover operational needs. We plan to continue developing new clinics and making additional acquisitions. We have, from time to time, purchased the non-controlling interests of limited partners in our existing partnerships. We may purchase additional non-controlling interests in the future.  Generally, any acquisition or purchase of non-controlling interests is expected to be accomplished using our cash, financing, or a combination of the two.

We make reasonable and appropriate efforts to collect accounts receivable, including applicable deductible and co-payment amounts. Claims are submitted to payors daily, weekly or monthly in accordance with GAAP, these paymentsour policy or payor’s requirements. When possible, we submit our claims electronically. The collection process is time consuming and typically involves the submission of claims to multiple payors whose payment of claims may be dependent upon the payment of another payor. Claims under litigation and vehicular incidents can take a year or longer to collect. Medicare and other payor claims relating to new clinics awaiting CMS approval initially may not be submitted for six months or more. When all reasonable internal collection efforts have been recorded as Other income – Relief Funds. Forexhausted, accounts are written off prior to sending them to outside collection firms. With managed care, commercial health plans and self-pay payor type receivables, the write-off generally occurs after the balance has been outstanding for 120 days or longer.  As of December 31, 2023, we have accrued $8.8 million related to credit balances (included in accrued expenses), a portion of which is due to patients and payors.  The credit balances are expected to be resolved or paid in the next twelve months.

The average accounts receivable days outstanding was 29 days on December 31, 2023, and 31 days on December 31, 2022. Net patient receivables in the amounts of $6.3 million and $5.5 million were written-off in 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Cash Flow

A summary of our operating, investing, and financing activities is discussed below.


 Year Ended 

 December 31, 2023  December 31, 2022  December 31, 2021 

         
Net cash provided by operating activities $81,978  $58,537  $76,406 
Net cash used in investing activities  45,015   81,269   124,136 
Net cash provided by financing activities  84,268   25,759   43,379 

Operating Activities

Cash provided by operating activities increased $23.4 million to $82.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020,2023 as compared to $58.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022.  This increase was mostly due to higher Adjusted EBITDA as well as increased collections from patient receivables.

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2023 totaled $45.0 million and consisted of $9.3 million of fixed assets purchases and $37.8 million used in the purchase of majority interests in businesses and non-controlling interest, temporary and permanent equity.  These were partially offset by $1.0 million proceeds from sale of non-controlling interest, temporary and permanent and $0.8 million distribution from an unconsolidated affiliate.

Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2023, totaled $84.3 million and consisted of $163.6 million proceeds from a secondary offering completed in May 2023, partially offset by $31.0 million of net payments under our revolving credit facility, $24.1 million of dividends paid to our shareholders, $16.1 million distribution to non-controlling interest and payments of $8.2 million on our debt.

39

Table of Contents
Senior Credit Facilities

On December 5, 2013, we entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with a commitment for a $125.0 million revolving credit facility. This agreement was amended and/or restated in August 2015, January 2016, March 2017, November 2017, and January 2021.On June 17, 2022, we entered into the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) among Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (“Administrative Agent”) and the lenders from time-to-time party thereto.

The Credit Agreement, which matures on June 17, 2027, provides for loans in an aggregate principal amount of $325 million. Such loans will be available through the following facilities (collectively, the “Senior Credit Facilities”):


1)Revolving Facility: $175 million, five-year, revolving credit facility (“Revolving Facility”), which includes a $12 million sublimit for the issuance of standby letters of credit and a $15 million sublimit for swingline loans (each, a “Swingline Loan”).


2)Term Facility: $150 million term loan facility (the “Term Facility”). The Term Facility amortizes in quarterly installments of: (a) 0.625% in each of the first two years, (b) 1.250% in the third and fourth year, and (c) 1.875% in the fifth year of the Credit Agreement. The remaining outstanding principal balance of all term loans is due on the maturity date.

The proceeds of the Revolving Facility have recognized approximately $13.5been and shall continue to be used by us for working capital and other general corporate purposes of our Company and its subsidiaries, including to fund future acquisitions and invest in growth opportunities. The proceeds of the Term Facility were used by us to refinance the indebtedness outstanding under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the loan facilities transactions, for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

We are permitted to increase the Revolving Facility and/or add one or more tranches of term loans in an aggregate amount not to exceed the sum of (i) $100 million plus (ii) an unlimited additional amount, provided that (in the case of clause (ii)), after giving effect to such increases, the pro forma Consolidated Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) would not exceed 2.0:1.0, and the aggregate amount of all incremental increases under the Revolving Facility does not exceed $50,000,000.

The interest rates per annum applicable to the Senior Credit Facilities (other than in respect of Swingline Loans) will be Term SOFR as Other income – Relief Fundsdefined in the agreement plus an applicable margin or, at our option, an alternate base rate plus an applicable margin. The interest rate for the 2023 Year on our Senior Credit Facilities, net of savings from the interest rate swap described below, was 5.1%, with an all-interest rate, including all associated costs, of 5.7%. Interest is payable at the end of the selected interest period but no less frequently than quarterly and on the accompanyingdate of maturity.

We will also pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each lender under the Revolving Facility, a commitment fee equal to the actual daily excess of each lender’s commitment over its outstanding credit exposure under the Revolving Facility (“unused fee”). We may prepay and/or repay the revolving loans and the term loans, and/or terminate the revolving loan commitments, in whole or in part, at any time without premium or penalty, subject to certain conditions.

The Credit Agreement contains customary covenants limiting, among other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, the creation of liens, mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions, sales of assets, dividends, and other payments in respect of equity interests, acquisitions, investments, loans and guarantees, subject, in each case, to customary exceptions, thresholds and baskets. The Credit Agreement includes certain financial covenants which include the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, as defined in the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement also contains customary events of default.

Our obligations under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by our wholly owned material domestic subsidiaries (each, a “Guarantor”), and our obligations and any Guarantors are secured by a perfected first priority security interest in substantially all of our existing and future personal property and each Guarantor, subject to certain exceptions.

As of December 31, 2023, $144.4 million was outstanding on the Term Facility while none was outstanding under the Revolving Facility, resulting in $175.0 million of credit availability. As of December 31, 2023, we were in compliance with all of the covenants contained in the Credit Agreement. The average effective interest rate, net of the savings from interest rate swap discussed below, for borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility, inclusive of all associated costs, was 5.3% for the Full Year 2023.

40

Table of Contents
Interest Rate Swap

In May 2022, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement, effective on June 30, 2022, with Bank of America, N.A, which became effective on June 30, 2022. It has a $150 million notional value adjusted concurrently with scheduled principal payments made on the term loan and has a maturity date of June 30, 2027. Beginning in July 2022, we receive 1-month SOFR, and pay a fixed rate of interest of 2.815% on 1-month SOFR on a quarterly basis. The total interest rate in any period also includes an applicable margin based on our consolidated leverage ratio. In connection with the swap, no cash was exchanged between us and the counterparty.

We designated our interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge and structured it to be highly effective. Consequently, unrealized gains and losses related to the fair value of the interest rate swap are recorded to accumulate other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax.

As of December 31, 2023, the fair value of the interest rate swap was $3.7 million, a decrease of $1.2 million, net of a $0.4 million, income tax effect, as compared to December 31, 2022. The fair value of the interest rate swap is included in other assets (current and long term) in our consolidated balance sheet while the increase in fair value is presented as unrealized loss in our unaudited consolidated statements of comprehensive income. These fundsThe interest rate swap arrangement generated $3.3 million in interest savings for the Full Year 2023. The average interest rate for the term facility, net of the savings from the swap in the Full Year 2023 was 4.9%.

Notes Payable and Deferred Payments Related to Acquisitions

We generally enter into various notes payable as a means of financing our acquisitions. Our present outstanding notes payable primarily relate to the acquisitions of a business or acquisitions of majority interests in such businesses. At December 31, 2023, our remaining outstanding balance on these notes aggregated $5.3 million. $1.6 million of the outstanding notes payable are not requiredpayable in 2023, $2.4 million is payable in 2024, and $1.3 million is payable in 2025. Notes are generally payable in equal annual installments of principal over two years plus any accrued and unpaid interest. Interest accrues at various interest rates ranging from 3.25% to 8.0% per annum.

On September 29, 2023, we acquired a 70% equity interest in a four-clinic physical therapy practice. The owner of the practice retained 30% of the equity interests. The purchase price for the 70% equity interest was approximately $6.0 million, of which $5.4 million was paid in cash, and $0.6 million was in the form of a note payable. The note accrues interest at 5.0% per annum and the principal and interest are payable in two installments. The first payment of principal and interest of $0.3 million was paid January 2024, and the second installment of $0.3 million is due on September 30, 2025.

In a separate transaction, on September 29, 2023, we acquired a 70% equity interest in a single clinic physical therapy practice. The owner of the practice retained 30% of the equity interests. The purchase price for the 70% equity interest was approximately $7.8 million, of which $7.4 million was paid in cash and $0.4 million is a deferred payment due on June 30, 2025.

On July 31, 2023, we acquired a 70% equity interest in a five-clinic practice. The practice’s owners retained a 30% equity interest. The purchase price for the 70% equity interest was approximately $2.1 million, of which $1.8 million was paid in cash and $0.3 million is a deferred payment due on June 30, 2025.

On May 31, 2023, we and a local partner together acquired a 75% interest in a four-clinic physical therapy practice. After the transaction, our ownership interest is 45%, our local partner’s ownership interest is 30%, and the practice’s pre-acquisition owners have a 25% ownership interest. The purchase price for the 75% equity interest was approximately $3.1 million, of which $1.7 million was paid in cash by us, $1.1 million was paid in cash by the local partner, and $0.3 million was in the form of a note payable (of which $0.2 million will be paid by us and $0.1 million will be paid by the local partner). The note will be paid on July 1, 2024. We guaranteed the full payment of $0.3 million on its due date.

41

Table of Contents
On February 28, 2023, we acquired an 80% interest in a one-clinic physical therapy practice. The practice’s owners retained 20% of the equity interests. The purchase price for the 80% equity interest was approximately $6.2 million, of which $5.8 million was paid in cash and $0.4 million in the form of a note payable. The note accrues interest at 4.5% per annum and the principal and interest are payable on February 28, 2025.

On November 30, 2022, we acquired an 80% interest in a thirteen-clinic physical therapy practice. The practice’s owners retained 20% of the equity interests. The purchase price for the 80% equity interest was approximately $25.0 million, of which $24.2 million was paid in cash and $0.8 million in the form of a note payable. The note accrues interest at 7.0% per annum and the principal and interest are payable on November 30, 2024.

On October 31, 2022, we acquired a 60% interest in a fourteen-clinic physical therapy practice. The practice’s owners retained 40% of the equity interests. The purchase price for the 60% equity interest was approximately $19.5 million, with a potential additional amount to be repaid upon attestation and provided that we comply with certain terms and conditions regarding the use of such funds, which could change materiallypaid at a later date based on evolving grant compliance provisionsthe performance of the business. This contingent consideration had a fair value of $9.8 million on December 31, 2023. The fair value of this contingent consideration will be adjusted quarterly based on certain criteria and guidance providedmarket inputs. There is no maximum payout for this contingency.

On September 30, 2022, we acquired an 80% interest in a two-clinic physical therapy practice. The practice’s owners retained 20% of the equity interests. The purchase price for the 80% equity interest was approximately $4.2 million, of which $3.9 million was paid in cash and $0.3 million in the form of a note payable.  The note accrues interest at 5.5% per annum and the principal and interest are payable on September 30, 2024.

On August 31, 2022, we acquired a 70% interest in a six-clinic physical therapy practice. The practice’s owners retained 30% of the equity interests. The purchase price for the 70% equity interest was approximately $3.5 million, of which $3.3 million was paid in cash and $0.2 million in the form of a note payable.  The note accrues interest at 5.5% per annum and the principal and interest are payable on August 31, 2024.

On March 31, 2022, we acquired a 70% interest in a six-clinic physical therapy practice. The practice’s owners retained 30% of the equity interests. The purchase price for the 70% equity interest was approximately $11.5 million, of which $11.2 million was paid in cash and $0.3 million is in the form of a note payable.  The note accrues interest at 3.5% per annum and the principal and interest are payable on March 31, 2024.

Historically, we have generated sufficient cash from operations to fund our development activities and to cover operational needs. We currently have $152.8 million of cash on hand, a significant portion of which is available for deployment into development and other growth initiatives.  We plan to continue developing new clinics and making additional acquisitions. We have from time to time purchased the non-controlling interests of limited partners in our Clinic Partnerships. We may purchase additional non-controlling interests in the future. Generally, any acquisition or purchase of non-controlling interests is expected to be accomplished using a combination of cash and financing. A large acquisition may require financing.

We make reasonable and appropriate efforts to collect accounts receivable, including applicable deductible and co-payment amounts. Claims are submitted to payors daily, weekly or monthly in accordance with our policy or payor’s requirements. When possible, we submit our claims electronically. The collection process is time consuming and typically involves the submission of claims to multiple payors whose payment of claims may be dependent upon the payment of another payor. Claims under litigation and vehicular incidents can take a year or longer to collect. Medicare and other payor claims relating to new clinics awaiting CMS approval initially may not be submitted for six months or more. When all reasonable internal collection efforts have been exhausted, accounts are written off prior to sending them to outside collection firms. With managed care, commercial health plans and self-pay payor type receivables, the write-off generally occurs after the account receivable has been outstanding for 120 days or longer.

Redeemable Non-Controlling Interest

Certain of our limited partnership agreements, as amended, provide that, upon the triggering events, we have a call right and the selling entity or individual has a put right for the purchase and sale of the limited partnership interest held by the U.S. Departmentpartner. Once triggered, the put right and the call right do not expire, even upon an individual partner’s death, and contain no mandatory redemption feature. The purchase price of Health and Human Services. Currently, we can attest to and comply withthe partner’s limited partnership interest upon the exercise of either the put right or the call right is calculated per the terms of the respective agreements and conditions.classified as redeemable non-controlling interest (temporary equity) in our consolidated balance sheets. The fair value of the redeemable non-controlling interest at December 31, 2023 was $174.8 million.

42

Table of Contents
In the event that a limited non-controlling interest partner’s employment ceases at any time after a specified date that is typically between three and five years from the acquisition date, we have agreed to certain contractual provisions which enable such non-controlling interest partners to exercise their right to trigger our repurchase of that partner’s non-controlling interest at a predetermined multiple of earnings before interest and taxes.

Share Repurchase Program

In March 2009, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to 10% of our common stock (“March 2009 Authorization”). Under the March 2009 Authorization, the Company has purchased a total of 859,499 shares. In November 2023, the Board terminated the March 2009 Authorization such that any such repurchase of our common stock would be considered and determined by the Board at the time of repurchase. We will continuedid not purchase any shares of our common stock during the year ended December 31, 2023, or December 31, 2022.

Contractual Obligations

We have future obligations for debt repayments and associated interest payments as well as future minimum rentals under our non-cancellable operating leases. The obligations as of December 31, 2023, are summarized as follows:

  Total  2024  2025  2026  2027  2028  Thereafter 
  (In thousands) 
Term facility (1) 
$
144,375
   
5,625
   
7,500
   
9,375
  
$
121,875
  
$
-
  
$
-
 
Notes payable (2)  
3,775
   
2,486
   
1,289
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
Interest expense on Term Facility and notes payable (3)  
20,958
   
6,725
   
6,508
   
6,210
   
1,515
   
-
   
-
 
Operating leases (4)  
144,666
   
46,845
   
36,447
   
27,406
   
18,495
   
10,025
   
5,448
 
  
$
313,774
  
$
61,681
  
$
51,744
  
$
42,991
  
$
141,885
  
$
10,025
  
$
5,448
 


(1) Amounts due under our Term Facility discussed above.
(2) Amounts due related to monitorcertain acquisitions discussed above.
(3) Interest on our Senior Credit Facility was estimated using the evolving guidelinesaverage outstanding balance for the respective periods and may record adjustments as additional information is released.our effective interest rate on our Term Facility at December 31, 2023, of 4.7%.  Interest on our other debt was estimated using the stated rate in the debt agreement.
(4) Includes variable non-lease components, including but not limited to common area maintenance.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Critical accounting policies are those that have a significant impact on ourManagement’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires estimates and financial position involving significantjudgments that affect the reported amounts of our assets, liabilities, net sales and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Management bases estimates requiring our judgment. Ouron historical experience and other assumptions it believes to be reasonable given the circumstances and evaluates these estimates on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We believe that the following critical accounting policies are:involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity. See Note 2, Significant Accounting Policies, to our audited consolidated financial statements which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a complete discussion of our significant accounting policies. The following reflect the significant estimates and judgments used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

26
43

Table of Contents
Revenue Recognition.Recognition

Revenues are recognized in the period in which services are rendered. Net patient revenuesrevenue consists of revenues forfrom physical therapy and occupational therapy clinics that provide pre-and post-operative care and treatment for orthopedic related disorders, sports-related injuries, preventative care, rehabilitation of injured workers and neurological-related injuries. Net patient revenuesrevenue (patient revenues less estimated contractual adjustments) areadjustments – described below) is recognized at the estimated net realizable amounts from third-party payors, patients and others in exchange for services rendered when obligations under the terms of the contract are satisfied. There is an implied contract between us and the patient upon each patient visit. Generally, this occurs as we provide physical and occupational therapy services, as each service provided is distinct and future services rendered are not dependent on previously rendered services. We have agreements with third-party payors that provide for payments to us at amounts different from our established rates. The allowance for estimated contractual adjustments is based on terms of payor contracts and historical collection and write-off experience.

Management contract revenues, which are included in other revenues in the consolidated statements of net income, are derived from contractual arrangements whereby we manage a clinic owned by a third party. We do not have any ownership interest in these clinics. Typically, revenues are determined based on the number of visits conducted at the clinic and recognized at the point in time when services are performed. Costs, typically salaries for our employees, are recorded when incurred.

Revenues from the industrial injury prevention business, which are also included in other revenues in the consolidated statements of net income, are derived from onsite services we provide to clients’ employees including injury prevention, rehabilitation, ergonomic assessments and performance optimization. Revenue from the industrial injury prevention business is recognized when obligations under the terms of the contract are satisfied. Revenues are recognized at an amount equal to the consideration we expect to receive in exchange for providing injury prevention services to its clients. The revenue is determined and recognized based on the number of hours and respective rate for services provided in a given period.

Additionally, other revenues include services we provide on-site at locations such as schools and industrial worksites for physical or occupational therapy services, athletic trainers and gym membership fees. Contract terms and rates are agreed to in advance between us and the third parties. Services are typically performed over the contract period and revenue is recorded at the point of service. If the services are paid in advance, revenue is recorded as a contract liability over the period of the agreement and recognized at the point in time when the services are performed.

In May 2014, March 2016, April 2016, and December 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, Principal versus Agent Considerations, ASU 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing, ASU 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, Narrow Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients, and ASU 2016-20, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customer (collectively the “standards”), respectively, which supersede most of the current revenue recognition requirements (“ASC 606”). The core principle of the new guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.

We implemented the new standards beginning January 1, 2018 using a modified retrospective transition method. The principal change relates to how the new standard requires healthcare providers to estimate the amount of variable consideration to be included in the transaction price up to an amount which is probable that a significant reversal will not occur. The most common forms of variable consideration we experience are amounts for services provided that are ultimately not realizable from a customer. There were no changes to revenues or other revenues upon implementation. Under the new standards, our estimate for unrealizable amounts will continue to be recognized as a reduction to revenue. The bad debt expense historically reported will not materially change.

For ASC 606, there is an implied contract between us and the patient upon each patient visit. Separate contractual arrangements exist between us and third partythird-party payors (e.g. insurers, managed care programs, government programs, and workers' compensation programsprograms) which establish the amounts the third parties pay on behalf of the patients for covered services rendered. While these agreements are not considered contracts with the customer, they are used for determining the transaction price for services provided to the patients covered by the third partythird-party payors. The payor contracts do not indicate performance obligations for us but indicate reimbursement rates for patients who are covered by those payors when the services are provided. At that time, we are obligated to provide services for the reimbursement rates stipulated in the payor contracts. The execution of the contract alone does not indicate a performance obligation. For self-paying customers, the performance obligation exists when we provide the services at established rates. The difference between our established rate and the anticipated reimbursement rate is accounted for as an offset to revenue – revenue—contractual allowance.

27
Management contract revenue, which is included in other revenue in the consolidated statements of net income, is derived from contractual arrangements whereby we manage a clinic owned by a third party. We do not have any ownership interest in these clinics. Typically, revenues are determined based on the number of visits conducted at the clinic and recognized at the point in time when services are performed. Costs, typically salaries for our employees, are recorded when incurred.


TableRevenues from the IIP business, which are also included in other revenues in the consolidated statements of Contentsnet income, are derived from onsite services we provide to clients’ employees including injury prevention, rehabilitation, ergonomic assessments, and performance optimization. Revenue from the IIP business is recognized when obligations under the terms of the contract are satisfied. Revenues are recognized at an amount equal to the consideration we expect to receive in exchange for providing injury prevention services to our clients. The revenue is determined and recognized based on the number of hours and respective rate for services provided in a given period.

Additionally, other revenue includes services we provide on-site at locations such as schools and industrial worksites for physical or occupational therapy services, athletic trainers and gym membership fees. Contract terms and rates are agreed to in advance between us and the third parties. Services are typically performed over the contract period and revenue is recorded at the point of service. If the services are paid in advance, revenue is recorded as a contract liability over the period of the agreement and recognized at the point in time when the services are performed.

We determine allowances for credit losses based on the specific agings of receivables and payor classifications at each clinic. The provision for credit losses is included in clinic operating costs in the statements of net income. Patient accounts receivable, which are stated at the historical carrying amount net of contractual allowances, write-offs and allowance for credit losses, includes only those amounts we estimate to be collectible. Our provision for credit losses was 1.0% of total net revenue for each years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.  Management believes that this is reasonable because the majority of our payors consist of highly solvent, highly regulated, commercial insurance companies as well as government programs, including Medicare.
Contractual Allowances

The following table details the revenue related to the various categories (in thousands).

 Year Ended 
  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019  December 31, 2018 
Net patient revenues $373,340  $433,345  $417,703 
Management contract revenues  8,410   8,676   8,339 
Other revenues  2,020   2,486   2,403 
Physical therapy operations $383,770  $444,507  $428,445 
Industrial injury prevention services revenues  39,199   37,462   25,466 
  $422,969  $481,969  $453,911 
graphic
graphic

Contractual Allowances. Contractual allowances result from the differences between the rates charged for services performed andexpected reimbursements by both insurance companies and government sponsored healthcare programs for such services. Medicare regulations and the various third partythird-party payors and managed care contracts are often complex and may include multiple reimbursement mechanisms payable for the services provided in our clinics. We estimate contractual allowances based on our interpretation of the applicable regulations, payor contracts and historical calculations. Each month we estimate our contractual allowance for each clinic based on payor contracts and the historical collection experience of the clinic and apply an appropriate contractual allowance reserve percentage to the gross accounts receivable balances for each payor of the clinic. Based on our historical experience, calculating the contractual allowance reserve percentage at the payor level is sufficient to allow us to provide the necessary detail and accuracy with our collectability estimates. However, the services authorized and provided and related reimbursement are subject to interpretation that could result in payments that differ from our estimates. Payor terms are periodically revised necessitating continual review and assessment of the estimates made by management. Our billing systems may not capture the exact change in our contractual allowance reserve estimate from period to period. Therefore, in order to assess the accuracy of our revenues and hence our contractual allowance reserves, our management regularly compares our cash collections to corresponding net revenues measured both in the aggregate and on a clinic-by-clinic basis. In the aggregate, the historical difference between net revenues and corresponding cash collections in any given fiscal year has generally reflected a difference within approximately 1.0% to 1.5% of net revenues. Additionally, analysis of subsequent period’s contractual write-offs on a payor basis reflects a difference within approximately 1.0% to 1.5% between the actual aggregate contractual reserve percentage as compared to the estimated contractual allowance reserve percentage associated with the same period end balance. As a result, we believe that a reasonable likely change in the contractual allowance reserve estimate would not be more than 1%1.0% to 1.5% of gross billings in accounts receivable at December 31, 2020.2023. For purposes of demonstrating the sensitivity of this estimate on our Company’s financial condition, a 1%1.0% to 1.5% increase or decrease in our aggregate contractual allowance reserve percentage would decrease or increase, respectively, net patient revenue by approximately $1.2$1.4 million to $1.8$1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.2023. Management believes the changes in the estimate of the contractual allowance reserve for the periods ended December 31, 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 20182021 have not been material to the statement of income.

The following table sets forth information regarding our patient accounts receivable as of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 December 31, 
  2020  2019 
Gross patient accounts receivable $119,180  $124,035 
Less contractual allowances  75,266   75,109 
Subtotal - accounts receivable  43,914   48,926 
Less allowance for credit losses  2,008   2,698 
Net patient accounts receivable $41,906  $46,228 

The following table presents our patient accounts receivable aging by payor class asGoodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
Payor 
Current to
120 Days
  120+ Days  Total  
Current to
120 Days
  120+ Days  Total 
Managed Care/ Commercial Plans $13,053  $1,774  $14,827  $14,159  $1,783  $15,942 
Medicare/Medicaid  10,707   1,196   11,903   11,408   1,491   12,899 
Workers Compensation*  6,576   926   7,502   6,593   1,121   7,714 
Self-pay  4,086   3,146   7,232   4,365   3,040   7,405 
Other**  1,108   1,342   2,450   808   1,460   2,268 
Totals $35,530  $8,384  $43,914  $37,333  $8,895  $46,228 

*    Workers compensationamount paid and fair value of the non-controlling interests over the fair value of the acquired business assets, which include certain identifiable intangible assets. Historically, goodwill has been derived from acquisitions and, prior to 2009, from the purchase of some or all of a particular local management’s equity interest in an existing clinic. Effective January 1, 2009, if the purchase price of a non-controlling interest by the Company exceeds or is paid by state administratorsless than the book value at the time of purchase, any excess or their designated agents.shortfall is recognized as an adjustment to additional paid-in capital.

**  Other includes primarily litigation claimsGoodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but are instead subject to a lesser extent, vehicular insurance claims.

Reimbursement for Medicare beneficiaries is based upon a fee schedule published by HHS. For a more complete description of our third party revenue sources, see “Business—Sources of Revenue” in Item 1.

Goodwill. periodic impairment evaluations. The fair value of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets with indefinite lives are evaluated for impairment atleast annually and upon the occurrence of certain events or conditions and are written down to fair value if considered impaired. These events or conditions include but are not limited to:to a significant adverse change in the business environment, regulatory environment, or legal factors; a current period operating, or cash flow loss combined with a history of such losses or a projection of continuing losses; or a sale or disposition of a significant portion of a reporting unit. The occurrence of one of these events or conditions could significantly impact an impairment assessment, necessitating an impairment charge. We evaluate indefinite-lived tradenames using the relief from royalty method in conjunction with itsour annual goodwill impairment test.

We operate aour business through two segmentsegments consisting of our physical therapy clinics and our IIP business. For purposes of goodwill impairment analysis, each of our segments is further broken down into reporting units.  Reporting units within our physical therapy business which is made up of various clinics within partnerships, and the other is industrial injury prevention services business. The partnerships are componentscomprise of regions and are aggregated to the operating segment level for the purpose of determining our reporting units when performing our annual goodwill impairment test. In 2020, 2019 and 2018, there were six regions.primarily based on each clinic’s location. In addition to the six regions, in 20202023 and 2019,2022, the impairment analysis included a separate analysis for the industrial injury preventionIIP business as a separateconsisted of two reporting unit.units.

As part of the impairment analysis, we are first required to assess qualitatively if we can conclude whether goodwill is more likely than not impaired. If goodwill is more likely than not impaired, we are then required to complete a quantitative analysis of whether a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. In evaluating whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the Company considerswe consider relevant events or circumstances that affect the fair value or carrying amount of a reporting unit. The Company considersWe consider both the income and market approach in determining the fair value of its reporting units when performing a quantitative analysis.

An impairment loss generally would be recognized when the carrying amount of the net assets of a reporting unit, inclusive of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets, exceeds the estimated fair value of the reporting unit. The evaluation of goodwill in 2020, 2019 and 20182021 did not result in any goodwill amounts that were deemed impaired.

Based onWe recorded a charge for goodwill impairment of $15.8 million and $9.1 million in the economic conditions in 2020, and the decline in patient visits due to the pandemic, we evaluated whether events or circumstances indicated that it was more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting units were reduced below their carrying value as ofyears ended December 31, 2020. As a result of the assessment, we determined that it was not more likely than not that goodwill2023, and tradenames of the reporting units was impaired as of December 31, 2020. Due to2022, respectively. We also recorded a charge of $1.7 million for the uncertaintyimpairment of the current economic conditions resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, we will continue to review the carrying amounts of goodwill and other intangibles.

Fora tradename during the year ended December 31, 2020, we derecognized (wrote-off) goodwill2023. The charges for impairment related to one reporting unit in the amountIIP business. The impairments are a result of $1.9 million related to certain closed clinics due to COVID-19.a change in the reporting unit’s current and projected operating income as well as various market inputs based on current market conditions.

During the year ended December 31, 2023, we did not recognize any additional impairment as a result of the Company’s annual assessment of goodwill and tradenames for the other seven reporting units. We also noted no impairment to long-lived assets for all reporting units.

We will continue to monitor for any triggering events or other indicators of impairment.

No impairment was recognized as part of our annual assessment of goodwill for the other seven reporting units.

Redeemable Non-Controlling Interests Interest

The non-controlling interests that are reflected as redeemable non-controlling interestsinterest inour consolidated financial statements consist of those owners, including us, that have certain redemption rights, whether currently exercisable or not, and which currently, or in the future, require that we purchase or the owner sell the non-controlling interest held by the owner, if certain conditions are met and the owners request the purchase (“Put Right”). We also have a call right (“Call Right”). The Put Right or Call Right may be triggered by the owner or us, respectively, at such time as both of the following events have occurred: 1) termination of the owner’s employment, regardless of the reason for such termination, and 2) the passage of specified number of years after the closing of the transaction, typically three to five years, as defined in the limited partnership agreement. The Put Rights and Call Rights are not automatic (even upon death) and require either the owner or us to exercise our rights when the conditions triggering the Put or Call Rights have been satisfied. The purchase price is derived at a predetermined formula based on a multiple of trailing twelve months earnings performance as defined in the respective limited partnership agreements.

On the date we acquire a controlling interest in a partnership and the limited partnership agreement for such partnerships contains redemption rights not under our control, the fair value of the non-controlling interest is recorded in the consolidated balance sheet under the caption – caption—Redeemable non-controlling interestsinterest. Then, in each reporting period thereafter until it is purchased by us, the redeemable non-controlling interest is adjusted to the greater of its then current redemption value or initial value, based on the predetermined formula defined in the respective limited partnership agreement. As a result, the value of the non-controlling interest is not adjusted below its initial value. We record any adjustment in the redemption value, net of tax, directly to retained earnings and not in the consolidated statements of net income. Although the adjustments are not reflected in the consolidated statements of net income, current accounting rules require that we reflect the adjustments, net of tax, in the earnings per share calculation. The amount of net income attributable to redeemable non-controlling interest owners is included in consolidated net income on the face of the consolidated income statement.statement of income. We believe the redemption value (i.e. the carrying amount) and fair value are the same.

Effective December 31, 2017, we entered into amendments to our limited partnership agreements for our acquired partnerships replacing the mandatory redemption feature. No monetary consideration was paid to the partners to amend the agreements. The amended limited partnership agreements provide that, upon the triggering events, we have a Call Right and the selling entity or individual has a Put Right for the purchase and sale of the limited partnership interest held by the partner. Once triggered, the Put Right and the Call Right do not expire, even upon an individual partner’s death, and contain no mandatory redemption feature. The purchase price of the partner’s limited partnership interest upon the exercise of either the Put Right or the Call Right is calculated per the terms of the respective agreements. We accounted for the amendment of the limited partnership agreements as an extinguishment of the outstanding mandatorily redeemable non-controlling interests, which were classified as liabilities, through the issuance of new redeemable non-controlling interests classified in temporary equity. Pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 470-50-40-2, we removed the outstanding liabilities at their carrying amounts, recognized the new temporary equities at their fair value, and recorded no gain or loss on extinguishment as management believes the redemption value (i.e. the carrying amount) and fair value are the same. In summary, the redemption values of the mandatorily redeemable non-controlling interest (previously classified as liabilities) were reclassified as redeemable non-controlling interest (temporary equity) at fair value on the December 31, 2017 consolidated balance sheet.Non-Controlling Interest

Non-Controlling Interests – We recognize non-controlling interests, in which we have no obligation but the right to purchase thenon-controlling interests, as equity in the consolidated financial statements separate from the parent entity’s equity. The amount of net income attributable to non-controlling interests is included in consolidated net income on the face of the consolidated statements of net income. Operating losses are allocated to non-controlling interests even when such allocation creates a deficit balance for the non-controlling interest partner. When we purchase a non-controlling interest and the purchase differs from the book value at the time of purchase, any excess or shortfall is recognized as an adjustment to additional paid-in capital.

SELECTED OPERATING AND FINANCIAL DATA

The following table and discussion relates to continuing operations unless otherwise noted. The defined terms with their respective description used in the following discussion are listed below:

2020 Year ended December 31, 2020
2019 Year ended December 31, 2019
New ClinicsClinics opened or acquired during the year ended December 31, 2020
Mature ClinicsClinics opened or acquired prior to January 1, 2020 and are still operating

The following table presents selected operating and financial data, used by management as key indicators of our operating performance:

 For the Years Ended December 31, 
  2020  2019 
Number of clinics, at the end of period  554   583 
Working Days  256   255 
Average visits per day per clinic  24.6   27.6 
Total patient visits  3,533,371   4,091,967 
Net patient revenue per visit $105.66  $105.90 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

FISCAL YEAR 2020 COMPARED TO FISCAL 2019

Reported net revenues for 2020 was $423.0 million as compared to $482.0 million for 2019. See table below for a detail of reported net revenues (in thousands):

 For the Year Ended 
  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
Revenues:      
Net patient revenues $373,340  $433,345 
Management contract revenue  8,410   8,676 
Other patient revenues  2,020   2,486 
Physical therapy operations $383,770  $444,507 
Industrial injury prevention services  39,199   37,462 
  $422,969  $481,969 

For 2020, our net income attributable to shareholders, in accordance with GAAP, was $35.2 million as compared to $40.0 million for the comparable period of 2019. Inclusive of the charge for revaluation of non-controlling interest, net of tax, used to compute diluted earnings per share in accordance with GAAP, earnings per share was $2.48 per share for 2020 and $2.45 per share for 2019. For both 2020 and 2019, in accordance with current accounting guidance, the revaluation of redeemable non-controlling interest, net of tax, is not included in net income but rather charged directly to retained earnings; however, the charge for this change is included in the earnings per basic and diluted share calculation. See table below (in thousands, except per share data).

 Year Ended December 31, 
  2020  2019 
Computation of earnings per share - USPH shareholders:      
Net income attributable to USPH shareholders $35,194  $40,039 
Credit (charges) to retained earnings:        
Revaluation of redeemable non-controlling interest  (4,632)  (11,893)
Tax effect at statutory rate (federal and state) of 26.25%  1,216   3,121 
  $31,778  $31,267 
Earnings per share (basic and diluted) $2.48  $2.45 

For 2020, our Operating Results (as defined below), including Relief Funds (defined below), was $38.4 million, or $2.99 per diluted share, as compared to $36.0 million, or $2.82 per diluted share in 2019. For 2020, our Operating Results, excluding Relief Funds, was $30.6 million, or $2.39 per diluted share, as compared to $36.0 million, or $2.82 per diluted share in 2019. Operating Results, a non-Generally Accepted Accounting Principle (“GAAP”) measure, equals net income attributable to our shareholders per the consolidated statements of net income plus charges incurred for closure  costs, less gain on the sale of partnership interests and clinics, less allocated non-controlling interests, excludes expenses incurred for the transition to our new Chief Financial Officer, all net of tax. The earnings per share from Operating Results also excludes the impact of the revaluation of redeemable non-controlling interest. See table below for a detailed computation (in thousands, except per share data):


 Year Ended December 31, 
  2020  2019 
Computation of earnings per share - USPH shareholders:      
Net income attributable to USPH shareholders $35,194  $40,039 
Credit (charges) to retained earnings:        
Revaluation of redeemable non-controlling interest  (4,632)  (11,893)
Tax effect at statutory rate (federal and state) of 26.25%  1,216   3,121 
  $31,778  $31,267 
Earnings per share (basic and diluted) $2.48  $2.45 
Adjustments:        
Expenses related to CFO transition  1,331   - 
Closure costs  3,931   - 
Gain on sale of partnership interest and clinics  (1,091)  (5,514)
Relief Funds  (13,500)  - 
Allocation to non-controlling interest  3,116   - 
Revaluation of redeemable non-controlling interest  4,632   11,893 
Tax effect at statutory rate (federal and state) of 26.25%  415   (1,674)
Operating Results (without Relief Funds) $30,612  $35,972 
Relief Funds  13,500   - 
Allocation to non-controlling interest  (2,893)  - 
Tax effect at statutory rate (federal and state) of 26.25%  (2,784)  - 
Operating Results (including Relief Funds) $38,435  $35,972 
Basic and diluted Operating Results (without Relief Funds) per share $2.39  $2.82 
Basic and diluted Operating Results (including Relief Funds) per share $2.99  $2.82 
Shares used in computation - basic and diluted  12,835   12,756 

For 2020, the Company's Adjusted EBITDA was $70.0 million compared to $72.8 million in 2019. For 2020, the Company's Adjusted EBITDA, excluding Relief Funds, was $56.5 million. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest income, interest expense – debt and other, taxes, depreciation, amortization, derecognition of goodwill and equity-based awards compensation expense. See reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income attributable to our shareholders in the following table (in thousands):


 Year Ended December 31, 
  2020  2019 
Net income attributable to USPH shareholders $35,194  $40,039 
Adjustments:        
Depreciation and amortization  10,533   10,095 
Closure costs - derecognition of goodwill  1,859   - 
Relief Funds  (13,500)  - 
Interest income  (142)  (46)
Interest expense - debt and other  1,634   2,079 
Provision for income taxes  13,022   13,647 
Equity-based awards compensation expense  7,917   6,985 
Adjusted EBITDA (without Relief Funds) $56,517  $72,799 
Relief Funds  13,500   - 
Adjusted EBITDA $70,017  $72,799 

The above tables reconcile net income attributable to our shareholders calculated in accordance with GAAP to Adjusted EBITDA and Operating Results, non-GAAP measures defined above. We believe that Operating Results, which eliminates certain items described above that can be subject to volatility and unusual costs, is one of the principal measures to evaluate and monitor financial performance period over period. We also believe that Operating Results is useful information for investors to use in comparing the Company's period-to-period results as well as for comparing with other similar businesses. We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful information for investors in comparing the Company’s period-to-period results as well as comparing with similar businesses which report adjusted EBITDA as defined by their company.

Operating Results and Adjusted EBITDA are not measures of financial performance under GAAP. Operating Results and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to, or substitute for, net income attributable to our shareholders presented in the consolidated financial statements.

Net Patient Revenues

Net patient revenues from physical therapy operations decreased approximately 13.8% or $60.0 million to $373.3 million in 2020 from $433.3 million in 2019. Included in net patient revenues above are revenues related to clinics sold or closed in 2020 and 2019 of $4.4 million in 2020 and $28.6 million in 2019. During 2020, the Company sold its interest in 14 clinics and closed 34 clinics. During 2019, the Company sold its interest in a partnership which include 30 clinics and closed 11 clinics. For comparison purposes, adjusted for revenue from the clinics sold or closed, net patient revenues from physical therapy operations was approximately $369.0 million in 2020, inclusive of $9.7 million related to New Clinics and $404.8 million in 2019. Net patient revenues related to Mature Clinics decreased by $45.5 million in 2020 compared to 2019. The reduction is largely attributable to the adverse effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. See table below for a detail of net patient revenues from physical therapy operations (in thousands):

 For the Year Ended 
  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
Related to Mature Clinics $359,294  $404,784 
Related to New Clinics  9,664   - 
From 2020 sold and closed clinics  4,382   15,542 
From 2019 sold and closed clinics  -   13,019 
  $373,340  $433,345 

Including all clinics operational during 2020 and 2019, the average net patient revenue per visit was $105.66 and $105.90 respectively. Total patient visits were 3,533,371 in 2020 and 4,091,967 in 2019. The reduction is largely attributable to the adverse effects of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Net patient revenues are based on established billing rates less allowances and discounts for patients covered by contractual programs and workers’ compensation. Net patient revenues reflect contractual and other adjustments, which we evaluate monthly, relating to patient discounts from certain payors. Payments received under these contractual programs and workers’ compensation are based on predetermined rates and are generally less than the established billing rates of the clinics.

Other Revenues

Other revenues, consisting primarily of revenues from our industrial injury prevention business and management fees revenue, increased by $1.0 million, from $48.6 million in 2019 to $49.6 million in 2020. Revenues from management contracts were $8.4 million for 2020 as compared to $8.7 million for 2019. Revenue from our industrial injury prevention business increased 4.6% to $39.2 million in 2020 compared to $37.5 million in 2019. Other revenues were $2.0 million in 2020 and $2.4 million in 2019. See table below for a detail of reported net revenues (in thousands):

 For the Year Ended 
  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
Revenues:      
Net patient revenues $373,340  $433,345 
Management contract revenue  8,410   8,676 
Other patient revenues  2,020   2,486 
Physical therapy operations $383,770  $444,507 
Industrial injury prevention services  39,199   37,462 
  $422,969  $481,969 

Operating Costs

Total operating costs, excluding closure costs, were $324.6 million in 2020, as compared to $369.5 million in 2019. Operating costs were 76.7% as a percentage of net revenues in both 2020 and 2019. Included in operating costs for 2020 was $8.4 million related to New Clinics. Operating costs for Mature Clinics decreased by $31.3 million in 2020 compared to 2019. Operating costs related to management contracts decreased by $0.7 million. Operating costs related to the industrial injury prevention business were $29.1 million in both 2020 and 2019. See table below for a detail of operating costs, excluding closure costs (in thousands):

 For the Year Ended 
  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
Physical Therapy Operations      
Related to Mature Clinics $274,781  $306,128 
Related to New Clinics  8,416   - 
Related to 2020 closed and sold clinics  5,583   14,588 
Related to 2019 closed and sold clinics  40   12,283 
Physical therapy management contracts  6,654   7,389 
Total Physical Therapy Operations $295,474  $340,388 
Industrial injury prevention services  29,114   29,082 
Total operating costs, excluding closure costs $324,588  $369,470 

Closure costs in the current period of $3.9 million include estimates of remaining lease obligations, derecognition of goodwill and other costs related to closed and sold clinics. Each component of clinic operating costs is discussed below:

Operating Costs—Salaries and Related Costs

Salaries and related costs decreased to $235.6 million for 2020 from $274.2 million in 2019, a decrease of $38.6 million, or 14.1%. Included in salaries and related costs for 2020 was $5.5 million related to New Clinics. Salaries and related costs for clinics sold or closed in 2020 and 2019 were $3.0 million and $16.7 million in 2020 and 2019, respectively. Salaries and related costs for Mature Clinics decreased $31.2 million in 2020 compared to 2019. Salaries and related costs for management contracts decreased $0.4 million. Salaries and related costs for the industrial injury prevention business increased $1.1 million. Salaries and related costs as a percentage of net revenues was 55.7% for 2020 and 56.9% for 2019. See table below for a detail of salaries and related costs (in thousands):

 For the Year Ended 
  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
Physical Therapy Operations      
Related to Mature Clinics $196,686  $227,859 
Related to New Clinics  5,495   - 
Related to 2020 closed and sold clinics  3,089   9,494 
Related to 2019 closed and sold clinics  -   7,248 
Related to Physical therapy management contracts  5,921   6,337 
Total Physical Therapy Operations $211,191  $250,938 
Related to Industrial injury prevention services  24,437   23,295 
Total Salaries and related costs $235,628  $274,233 

Operating Costs—Rent, Supplies, Contract Labor and Other

Rent, supplies, contract labor and other costs decreased to $84.3 million for 2020 from $90.4 million for 2019, a decrease of $6.0 million, or 6.7%. Included in rent, supplies, contract labor and other costs for 2020 was $2.8 million related to New Clinics. Rent, supplies, contract labor and other costs for clinics related to partnership interests closed or sold in 2020 and 2019 were $2.4 million and $9.8 million in 2020 and 2019, respectively, rent, supplies, contract labor and other costs related to Mature Clinics were the same for both periods 2020 and 2019. Rent, supplies, contract labor and other costs as a percent of net revenues was 18.8% for 2019 and 19.9% for 2020. See table below for a detail of rent, supplies, contract labor and other costs (in thousands):

 For the Year Ended 
  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
Physical Therapy Operations      
Related to Mature Clinics $73,726  $73,766 
Related to New Clinics  2,846   - 
Related to 2020 closed and sold clinics  2,437   4,896 
Related to 2019 closed and sold clinics  41   4,908 
Related to Physical therapy management contracts  734   1,052 
Total Physical Therapy Operations $79,784  $84,622 
Related to Industrial injury prevention services  4,552   5,757 
Total Rent and other costs $84,336  $90,379 

Operating Costs—Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses for net patient receivables was $4.6 million for 2020 and $4.9 million for 2019. As a percentage of net patient revenues, the provision for credit losses was 1.1% for 2020 and 1.0% for 2019.

Our provision for credit losses as a percentage of total patient accounts receivable was 4.5% at December 31, 2020 and 5.5% at December 31, 2019. The provision for credit losses at the end of each period is based on a detailed, clinic-by-clinic review of overdue accounts and is regularly reviewed in the aggregate in light of historical experience.


The average accounts receivable days outstanding were 32 days at December 31, 2020 and 33 days at December 31, 2019. Net patient receivables in the amount of $4.5 million and $4.8 million were written-off in 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Gross Profit

Gross profit, excluding closure costs, for 2020 was $98.4 million, as compared to $112.5 million in 2019. Gross profit excluding closure costs as a percentage of net revenue for the Company’s physical therapy clinics was 23.1% in 2020 compared to 23.6% in 2019. The gross profit percentage on management contracts increased to 20.9% in 2020 as compared to 14.8% in the 2019. The gross profit for the industrial injury prevention business was $10.1 million, or 25.7% as a percentage of industrial injury prevention revenues, in 2020 as compared to $8.4 million, or 22.4% as a percentage of industrial injury prevention revenues, in the comparable 2019 period. The table below details the gross profit, excluding closure costs (in thousands):

 For the Year Ended 
  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
Gross profit, excluding closure costs:      
Physical therapy clinics $86,540  $102,833 
Management contracts  1,755   1,287 
Industrial injury prevention services  10,086   8,379 
Gross profit, excluding closure costs $98,381  $112,499 

Corporate Office Costs

Corporate office costs, consisting primarily of salaries, benefits and equity based compensation of corporate office personnel and directors, rent, insurance costs, depreciation and amortization, travel, legal, compliance, professional, marketing and recruiting fees, were $42.0 million for 2020 and $45.0 million for 2019. Corporate office costs as a percentage of net revenues were 9.9% for 2020 and 9.3% in 2019.

Operating Income

Operating income for 2020 was $52.4 million as compared to $67.4 million for 2019. Operating income as a percentage of net revenue decreased from 14.0% in 2019 to 12.4% in 2020.

Other Income - Gain on Sale of Partnership Interest

Included in other income was the gain of $1.1 million in 2020 resulting from the sale of 14 previously closed clinics and, in 2019, a gain of $5.5 million resulting from the sale of a partnership interest with 30 clinics.

Other Income - Relief Funds

Included in other income in 2020 was $13.5 million of Relief Funds.  See discussion of Relief Funds on page 26.

Interest Expense – Debt and Other

Interest expense – debt and other was $1.6 million for 2020 and $2.1 million for 2019. At December 31, 2020, $16.0 million was outstanding under our Amended Credit Agreement (as defined below under “—Liquidity and Capital Resources”). See “— Liquidity and Capital Resources” below for a discussion of the terms of our Amended Credit Agreement.

Provision for Income Taxes

The provision for income tax was $13.0 million for 2020 and $13.6 million for 2019. The provision for income tax as a percentage of income before taxes less net income attributable to non-controlling interest (effective tax rate) was 27.0% for 2020 and 25.4% for 2019. See table below ($ in thousands):


 Year Ended 
  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
Income before taxes $65,513  $70,906 
Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interests:        
Non-controlling interests - permanent equity  (6,122)  (6,561)
Redeemable non-controlling interests - temporary equity  (11,175)  (10,659)
  $(17,297) $(17,220)
Income before taxes less net income attributable to non-controlling interests $48,216  $53,686 
Provision for income taxes $13,022  $13,647 
Effective tax rate  27.0%  25.4%

Net Income Attributable to Non-controlling Interests

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests (permanent equity) was $6.1 million in 2020 and $6.6 million in 2019. Net income attributable to redeemable non-controlling interests (temporary equity) was $11.2 million in 2020 and $10.6 million in 2019.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

We believe that our business is generating sufficient cash flow from operating activities to allow us to meet our short-term and long-term cash requirements, other than those with respect to future significant acquisitions. At December 31, 2020, we had $32.9 million in cash and cash equivalents compared to $23.5 million at December 31, 2019. Although the start-up costs associated with opening new clinics and our planned capital expenditures are significant, we believe that our cash and cash equivalents and availability under our Amended Credit Agreement are sufficient to fund the working capital needs of our operating subsidiaries, future clinic development and acquisitions and investments through at least December 2021. Significant acquisitions would likely require financing under our Amended Credit Agreement.

Effective December 5, 2013, we entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with a commitment for a $125.0 million revolving credit facility. This agreement was amended in August 2015, January 2016, March 2017 and November 2017 (hereafter referred to as “Amended Credit Agreement”). The Amended Credit Agreement is unsecured and has loan covenants, including requirements that we comply with a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio and consolidated leverage ratio. Proceeds from the Amended Credit Agreement may be used for working capital, acquisitions, purchases of our common stock, dividend payments to our common stockholders, capital expenditures and other corporate purposes. The pricing grid is based on our consolidated leverage ratio with the applicable spread over LIBOR ranging from 1.25% to 2.0% or the applicable spread over the Base Rate ranging from 0.1% to 1%. Fees under the Amended Credit Agreement include an unused commitment fee ranging from 0.25% to 0.3% depending on our consolidated leverage ratio and the amount of funds outstanding under the Amended Credit Agreement.

The January 2016 amendment to the Amended Credit Agreement increased the cash and noncash consideration that we could pay with respect to acquisitions permitted under the Amended Credit Agreement to $50,000,000 for any fiscal year, and increased the amount we may pay in cash dividends to our shareholders in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 in any fiscal year. The March 2017 amendment, among other items, increased the amount we may pay in cash dividends to our shareholders in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000 in any fiscal year. The November 2017 amendment, among other items, adjusted the pricing grid as described above, increased the aggregate amount we may pay in cash dividends to $20,000,000 to our shareholders and extended the maturity date to November 30, 2021.

On December 31, 2020, $16.0 million was outstanding on the Amended Credit Agreement resulting in $109.0 million of availability. As of the date of this report, we were in compliance with all of the covenants thereunder.

Cash provided by operations was $99.9 million and net proceeds from our Amended Credit Agreement amounted to $30.0 million. The major uses of cash for investing and financing activities included: purchase of interests in businesses ($23.9 million), purchases of redeemable non-controlling interest, temporary equity ($20.4 million), purchases of fixed assets ($7.6 million), proceeds on sale of partnership interest ($0.8 million), distributions to non-controlling interests ($18.3 million), payments of cash dividends to our shareholders ($4.1 million), and payments on notes payable ($1.0 million)

On November 30, 2020, we acquired a 75% interest in a three-clinic physical therapy practice. The purchase price for the 75% interest was $8.9 million (net of cash acquired), of which $8.6 million was paid in cash and $0.3 million in the form of a seller note that is payable in two principal installments totaling $162,500 each. The first principal payment plus accrued interest will be paid on November 2021 with the second installment to be paid in November 2022. The note accrues interest at 3.25% per annum.

On September 30, 2020, we acquired a 70% interest in an entity which holds six management contracts that have been in place for a number of years and had five years remaining on their term as of the acquisition date. The purchase price for the 70% interest was approximately $4.2 million, with $3.7 million payable in cash and $0.5 million in notes payable. One of the notes payable of $0.2 million is payable, with any accrued interest at 5% per annum, on September 30, 2021. The remaining note of $0.3 million was paid in November 2020.

On February 27, 2020, we acquired interests in a four-clinic physical therapy practice. The four clinics are operated in four separate partnerships. The Company’s interests in the four partnerships range from 10.0% to 83.8%, with an overall 65.0% based on the initial purchase transaction. The aggregate purchase price was $11.9 million, of which $11.6 million was paid in cash and $0.3 million in the form of a seller note. The note accrues interest at 4.75% per annum and the principal and interest is payable in February 2022.

On September 30, 2019, we acquired a 67% interest in an eleven-clinic physical therapy practice. The purchase price for the 67% interest was $12.4 million, of which $12.1 million was paid in cash and $0.3 million in the form of a seller note that is payable in two principal installments totaling $150,000 each. The first principal payment plus accrued interest was paid in September 2020 with the second installment to be paid in September 2021. The note accrues interest at 5.0% per annum.

On April 11, 2019, we acquired a company that is a provider of industrial injury prevention services. The acquired company specializes in delivering injury prevention and care, post offer employment testing, functional capacity evaluations and return-to-work services. It performs these services across a network of 45 states including onsite at eleven client locations. The business was then combined with Briotix Health, the Company’s industrial injury prevention operation, increasing the Company’s ownership position in the Briotix Health partnership to approximately 76.0%. The purchase price for the acquired company was $22.9 million ($23.6 million less cash acquired of $0.7 million), which consisted of $18.9 million in cash, (of which $0.5 million will be paid to certain shareholders), and a $4.0 million seller note. The note accrues interest at 5.5% and the principal and accrued interest is payable on April 9, 2021.

On March 4, 2019, in conjunction with the purchase of a redeemable non-controlling interest, we entered into a note payable in the amount of $228,120 that was payable in two equal installments of $114,080 each, plus accrued interest. The first installment was paid in March 2020 and the second installment remains payable in March 2021.

On August 31, 2018 we acquired a 70% interest in a four-clinic physical therapy practice. The purchase price for the 70% interest was $7.3 million in cash and $400,000 in a seller note that is payable in two principal installments totaling $200,000 each, plus accrued interest. The first installment was paid in August 2019 and the second installment was paid in August 2020.

On February 28, 2018, through one of our majority owned partnerships, we acquired the assets and business of two physical therapy clinics, for an aggregate purchase price of $760,000 in cash and $150,000 in a seller note which was paid along with accrued interest on August 31, 2019.

In addition to the multi-clinic acquisitions above in 2020, we acquired five separate clinic practices through several of our majority-owned Clinic Partnerships. These practices will operate as satellites of the respective existing clinic partnership.

Historically, we have generated sufficient cash from operations to fund our development activities and to cover operational needs. We plan to continue developing new clinics and making additional acquisitions. We have from time to time purchased the non-controlling interests of limited partners in our Clinic Partnerships. We may purchase additional non-controlling interests in the future. Generally, any acquisition or purchase of non-controlling interests is expected to be accomplished using a combination of cash and financing. Any large acquisition would likely require financing.

We make reasonable and appropriate efforts to collect accounts receivable, including applicable deductible and co-payment amounts. Claims are submitted to payors daily, weekly or monthly in accordance with our policy or payor’s requirements. When possible, we submit our claims electronically. The collection process is time consuming and typically involves the submission of claims to multiple payors whose payment of claims may be dependent upon the payment of another payor. Claims under litigation and vehicular incidents can take a year or longer to collect. Medicare and other payor claims relating to new clinics awaiting CMS approval initially may not be submitted for six months or more. When all reasonable internal collection efforts have been exhausted, accounts are written off prior to sending them to outside collection firms. With managed care, commercial health plans and self-pay payor type receivables, the write-off generally occurs after the account receivable has been outstanding for 120 days or longer.

We have future obligations for debt repayments, employment agreements and future minimum rentals under operating leases. The obligations as of December 31, 2020 are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 Total  2021  2022  2023  2024  2025  Thereafter 
Credit Agreement $16,000  $16,000  $-  $-  $-  $-  $- 
Notes Payable  5,495   4,899   596   -   -   -   - 
Interest Payable  114   107   7   -   -   -   - 
Employee Agreements  47,884   39,402   7,145   1,332   5   -   - 
Operating Leases  119,834   37,427   29,655   22,233   14,379   7,909   8,231 
  $189,327  $97,835  $37,403  $23,565  $14,384  $7,909  $8,231 

We generally enter into various notes payable as a means of financing our acquisitions. Our present outstanding notes payable primarily relate to the acquisitions of a business or acquisitions of majority interests in businesses. At December 31, 2020, our remaining outstanding balance on these notes aggregated $5.5 million. The notes payable for the acquisition of businesses of $5.5 million are payable in 2021 and 2022. Notes are generally payable in equal annual installments of principal over two years plus any accrued and unpaid interest. See above table for a detail of future principal payments. Interest accrues at various interest rates ranging from 3.25% to 5.50% per annum, subject to adjustment.

In conjunction with acquisitions, we entered into amendments to our limited partnership agreements for our acquired partnerships. The limited partnership agreements, as amended, provide that, upon the triggering events, we have a Call Right and the selling entity or individual has a Put Right for the purchase and sale of the limited partnership interest held by the partner. Once triggered, the Put Right and the Call Right do not expire, even upon an individual partner’s death, and contain no mandatory redemption feature. The purchase price of the partner’s limited partnership interest upon the exercise of either the Put Right or the Call Right is calculated per the terms of the respective agreements and classified as redeemable non-controlling interest (temporary equity) in our consolidated balance sheets. The fair value of the redeemable non-controlling interest at December 31, 2020 was $132.3 million.

As of December 31, 2020, we have accrued $5.7 million related to credit balances and overpayments due to patients and payors. This amount is expected to be paid in 2021.

From September 2001 through December 31, 2008, our Board of Directors (“Board”) authorized us to purchase, in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, up to 2,250,000 shares of our common stock. In March 2009, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to 10% or approximately 1,200,000 shares of our common stock (“March 2009 Authorization”). Our Amended Credit Agreement permits share repurchases of up to $15,000,000 in the aggregate, subject to compliance with covenants. We are required to retire shares purchased under the March 2009 Authorization.

There is no expiration date for the share repurchase program. As of December 31, 2020, there are currently an additional estimated 124,740 shares (based on the closing price of $120.25 on December 31, 2020) that may be purchased from time to time in the open market or private transactions depending on price, availability and our cash position. We did not purchase any shares of our common stock during the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet debt or other off-balance sheet financing arrangements.

FACTORS AFFECTING FUTURE RESULTS

The risks related to our business and operations include:

the multiple effects of the impact of public health crises and epidemics/pandemics, such as the novel strain of COVID-19 (coronavirus) which the financial magnitude cannot be currently estimated;
changes as the result of government enacted national healthcare reform;

changes in Medicare rules and guidelines and reimbursement or failure of our clinics to maintain their Medicare certification and/or enrollment status, including the Medicare reimbursement reductions
revenue we receive from Medicare and Medicaid being subject to potential retroactive reduction;
business and regulatory conditions including federal and state regulations;
governmental and other third-party payor inspections, reviews, investigations and audits, which may result in sanctions or reputational harm and increased costs;
compliance with federal and state laws and regulations relating to the privacy of individually identifiable patient information, and associated fines and penalties for failure to comply;
changes in reimbursement rates or payment methods from third party payors including government agencies, and changes in the deductibles and co-pays owed by patients;
revenue and earnings expectations;
legal actions, which could subject us to increased operating costs and uninsured liabilities;
general economic conditions;
availability and cost of qualified physical therapists;
personnel productivity and retaining key personnel;
competitive, economic or reimbursement conditions in our markets which may require us to reorganize or close certain clinics and thereby incur losses and/or closure costs including the possible write-down or write-off of goodwill and other intangible assets;
competitive environment in the industrial injury prevention business, which could result in the termination or non-renewal of contractual service arrangements and other adverse financial consequences for that service line;
acquisitions, purchase of non-controlling interests (minority interests) and the successful integration of the operations of the acquired businesses;
maintaining our information technology systems with adequate safeguards to protect against cyber-attacks;
a security breach of our or our third party vendors’ information technology systems may subject us to potential legal action and reputational harm and may result in a violation of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 of the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act;
maintaining adequate internal controls;
maintaining necessary insurance coverage;
availability, terms, and use of capital; and
weather and other seasonal factors.

See also Risk Factors in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 7A.QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.RISK

We do not maintain any derivative instruments such asan interest rate swap arrangements, hedging contracts, futures contracts or the like.arrangement which is considered a derivative instrument. Our only indebtedness as of December 31, 20202023, was the outstanding balance of seller notes from our acquisitions of $5.5$3.8 million, and an outstanding balance on our Amended Credit Agreement of $16.0$144.4 million, which includes a term note with a balance of $144.4 million. The outstandingRevolving Facility does not have a balance under our Amended Credit Agreementas of December 31, 2023, and is subject to fluctuating interest rates. A 1% change in the interest rate would yield an additional $160,000$1.5 million of interest expense. See Note 910 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8.

40
46

ITEM 8.FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
ITEM 8.FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

U.S. PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND RELATED INFORMATION

42
48
Audited Financial Statements: 
4551
4652
53
4754
4855
4956

41
47

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders
U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc.

Opinion on the financial statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc. (a Nevada corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, the related consolidated statements of net income, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020,2023, and the related notes and financial statement schedule included under Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, thefinancial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Companyas of December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022 and the results of itsoperations and itscash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020,2023, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020,2023, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated March 1, 2021February 29, 2024 expressed an unqualified opinion.

Basis for opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence supportingregarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical audit matter

matters
The critical audit mattermatters communicated below is a matterare matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that waswere communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relatesrelate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit mattermatters below, providing a separate opinionopinions on the critical audit mattermatters or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.they relate.

Measurement of Patient Revenue Net of Contractual Adjustments

As further discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, revenues are recognized in the period in which services are rendered. Net patient revenues (patient revenues less estimated contractual adjustments) are recognized at the estimated net realizable amounts from third-party payors, patients and others in exchange for services rendered when obligations under the terms of the contract are satisfied. The Company has agreements with third-party payors that providesprovide for payments at amounts different from its established rates. Each month the Company estimates its contractual adjustment for each clinic based on the terms of third-party payor contracts and the historical collection and write-off experience of the clinic and applies a contractual adjustment reserve percentage to the gross accounts receivable balances. The Company then performs a comparison of cash collections to corresponding net revenues for the prior twelve months. We identified the measurement of contractual adjustments as a critical audit matter.

The principal consideration for our determination that the measurement of patient revenue net of contractual adjustments is a critical audit matter is that the estimate requires a high degree of auditor subjectivity in evaluating management’s assumptions related to developing future collection patterns across the various clinic locations.

Our audit procedures related to the Company’s measurement of contractual adjustments included the following, among others.others.

We tested the design and operating effectiveness of controls relating to billing and cash collection,collections, net rate trend analysis by clinic and cash collectioncollections versus net revenue trend analysis.

For a sample of patient visits, we inspected and compared underlying documents for each transaction, which included gross billing rates and cash collected (net revenue).

For a sample of patient visits, we traced gross billings and net revenue to net revenue recorded in the general ledger and to each report used in determining and assessing the contractual adjustment calculation.

We compared cash collections to recorded net revenue over athe twelve month period endingended December 31, 20202023 and again for the twelve month period endingended in the first month subsequent to period end, to identify whether there were unusual trends that would indicate that the usage of historical collection patterns would no longer be reasonable to predict future collection patterns.
Impairment Assessments – Fair Value of a Certain Reporting Unit and Other Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets
As further discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested by the Company’s management for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate potential impairment. Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment at the reporting unit level. For the year ended December 31, 2023 management prepared a quantitative impairment analysis for a reporting unit included in the industrial injury prevention services segment. The Company engaged a third-party valuation specialist for the estimation of fair value of the reporting unit. We identified the estimation of the fair value of this reporting unit as a critical audit matter.
The principal consideration for our determination that the estimation of the fair value of a certain reporting unit and other indefinite-lived intangible assets is a critical audit matter is that the estimate requires a  high degree of auditor subjectivity due to significant judgments with respect to assumptions used to project the future cash flows, including revenue growth rates, EBITDA and EBITDA margins, royalty rate, as well as the discount rate and the valuation methodologies applied by the third-party valuation specialist.
Our audit procedures related to the estimation of the fair value of this reporting unit included the following, among others.
We tested the design and operating effectiveness of controls over management’s review of the assumptions used to project future cash flows, the selection of appropriate discount rate, royalty rates, and valuation methodologies applied.
We utilized valuation specialists to evaluate:

oThe appropriateness of the methodologies applied,

oThe reasonableness of the discount rate, royalty rates, and

oThe qualifications of the third-party valuation specialist engaged by the Company based on their credentials and experience.
We assessed the reasonableness of assumptions applied by management in their future cash flows, including revenue growth rates, EBITDA, and EBITDA margins.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2004.

Houston, TexasTX
March 1, 2021February 29, 2024

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders
U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc.

Opinion on internal control over financial reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc. (a Nevada corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020,2023, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020,2023, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020,2023, and our report dated March 1, 2021February 29, 2024 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and limitations of internal control over financial reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Houston, Texas
Houston, Texas
March 1, 2021February 29, 2024

44
50


U.S. PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share data)

 December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
ASSETS      
Current assets:      
Cash and cash equivalents $32,918  $23,548 
Patient accounts receivable, less allowance for credit losses of $2,008 and $2,698, respectively  41,906   46,228 
Accounts receivable - other  9,039   9,823 
Other current assets  3,773   5,787 
Total current assets  87,636   85,386 
Fixed assets:        
Furniture and equipment  55,426   54,942 
Leasehold improvements  35,320   33,247 
Fixed assets, gross  90,746   88,189 
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization  69,081   66,099 
Fixed assets, net  21,665   22,090 
Operating lease right-of-use assets  81,595   81,586 
Goodwill  345,646   317,676 
Other identifiable intangible assets, net  56,280   52,588 
Other assets  1,539   1,519 
Total assets $594,361  $560,845 
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS, USPH
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS
        
Current liabilities:        
Accounts payable - trade $1,335  $2,494 
Accrued expenses  59,746   30,855 
Current portion of operating lease liabilities  27,512   26,486 
Current portion of notes payable  4,899   728 
Total current liabilities  93,492   60,563 
Notes payable, net of current portion  596   4,361 
Revolving line of credit  16,000   46,000 
Deferred taxes  7,779   10,071 
Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion  61,985   60,258 
Other long-term liabilities  4,539   141 
Total liabilities  184,391   181,394 
         
Redeemable non-controlling interests - temporary equity  132,340   137,750 
         
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 17)  0   0 
         
U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc. (“USPH”) shareholders’ equity:        
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 500,000 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding  0   0 
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized, 15,066,282 and 14,989,337 shares issued, respectively  151   150 
Additional paid-in capital  95,622   87,383 
Retained earnings  212,015   184,352 
Treasury stock at cost, 2,214,737 shares  (31,628)  (31,628)
Total USPH shareholders’ equity  276,160   240,257 
Non-controlling interests - permanent equity  1,470   1,444 
Total USPH shareholders' equity and non-controlling interests  277,630   241,701 
Total liabilities, redeemable non-controlling interests, USPH shareholders' equity and non-controlling interests $594,361  $560,845 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

45

U.S. PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOMEBALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except per share data)IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

 Year Ended 
  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019  December 31, 2018 
          
Net patient revenues $373,340  $433,345  $417,703 
Other revenues  49,629   48,624   36,208 
Net revenues  422,969   481,969   453,911 
Operating costs:            
Salaries and related costs  235,629   274,233   259,228 
Rent, supplies, contract labor and other  84,336   90,379   88,426 
Provision for credit losses  4,623   4,858   4,603 
Closure costs - lease and other  2,072   25   (9)
Closure costs - derecognition of goodwill  1,859   0   0 
Total operating costs  328,519   369,495   352,248 
             
Gross profit  94,450   112,474   101,663 
             
Corporate office costs  42,037   45,049   41,349 
Operating income  52,413   67,425   60,314 
             
Other income and expense:            
Relief Funds  13,501   0   0 
Gain on sale of partnership interest and clinics  1,091   5,514   0 
Gain on derecognition of debt  0   0   1,846 
Interest and other income, net  142   46   93 
Interest expense - debt and other  (1,634)  (2,079)  (2,042)
Total other income and expense  13,100   3,481   (103)
Income before taxes  65,513   70,906   60,211 
Provision for income taxes  13,022   13,647   11,369 
             
Net income  52,491   57,259   48,842 
             
Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interests:            
Non-controlling interests - permanent equity  (6,122)  (6,561)  (5,536)
Redeemable non-controlling interests - temporary equity  (11,175)  (10,659)  (8,433)
   (17,297)  (17,220)  (13,969)
             
Net income attributable to USPH shareholders $35,194  $40,039  $34,873 
             
Basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to USPH shareholders $2.48  $2.45  $1.31 
             
Shares used in computation - basic and diluted  12,835   12,756   12,666 
             
Dividends declared per common share $0.32  $1.14  $0.92 
 December 31, 2023  December 31, 2022 
ASSETS 
  
 
Current assets:      
Cash and cash equivalents $152,825  $31,594 
Patient accounts receivable, less provision for credit losses of $2,736 and $2,829, respectively
  51,866   51,934 
Accounts receivable - other  17,854   16,671 
Other current assets  10,830   11,067 
Total current assets  233,375   111,266 
Fixed assets:        
Furniture and equipment  63,982   62,074 
Leasehold improvements  46,941   42,877 
Fixed assets, gross  110,923   104,951 
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization  (84,821)  (80,203)
Fixed assets, net  26,102   24,748 
Operating lease right-of-use assets  103,431   103,004 
Investment in unconsolidated affiliate
  12,256   12,131 
Goodwill  509,571   494,101 
Other identifiable intangible assets, net  109,682   108,755 
Other assets  2,821   4,149 
Total assets $997,238  $858,154 
         
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST, USPH
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST
        
Current liabilities:        
Accounts payable - trade $3,898  $3,300 
Accounts payable - due to seller of acquired business
  -   3,204 
Accrued expenses  55,344   37,413 
Current portion of operating lease liabilities  35,252   33,709 
Current portion of  term loan and notes payable  7,691   7,863 
Total current liabilities  102,185   85,489 
Notes payable, net of current portion  1,289   1,913 
Revolving facility  -   31,000 
Term loan, net of current portion and deferred financing costs  137,702   142,918 
Deferred taxes   24,815
   21,303 
Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion  76,653   77,934 
Other long-term liabilities  2,356   13,029 
Total liabilities  345,000   373,586 
         
Redeemable non-controlling interest - temporary equity  174,828   167,515 
         
Commitments and Contingencies      
         
U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc. (“USPH”) shareholders’ equity:        
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 500,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding  -   - 
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized, 17,202,291 and 15,216,326 shares issued, respectively
  172   152 
Additional paid-in capital  281,096   110,317 
Accumulated other comprehensive gain  2,782   4,004 
Retained earnings  223,772   232,948 
Treasury stock at cost, 2,214,737 shares  (31,628)  (31,628)
Total USPH shareholders’ equity  476,194   315,793 
Non-controlling interest - permanent equity  1,216   1,260 
Total USPH shareholders’ equity and non-controlling interest - permanent equity  477,410   317,053 
Total liabilities, redeemable non-controlling interest, USPH shareholders’ equity and non-controlling interest - permanent equity $997,238  $858,154 

See
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

46
51

U.S. PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
(In thousands)

 U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc.       
  Common Stock  
Additional
Paid-In Capital
  
Retained
Earnings
  Treasury Stock  
Total Shareholders’
Equity
  
Non-Controlling
Interests
  Total 
  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount 
Balance January 1, 2018  14,809  $148  $73,940  $162,406   (2,215) $(31,628) $204,866  $1,204  $206,070 
                                     
Issuance of restricted stock, net of cancellations  90   1   0   0   0   0   1   0   1 
Revaluation of redeemable non-controlling interest, net of tax  0   0   0   (18,268)  0   0   (18,268)  0   (18,268)
Compensation expense - equity-based awards  -   0   5,939   0   -   0   5,939   0   5,939 
Transfer of compensation liability for certain stock issued pursuant to long-term incentive plans  -   0   373   0   -   0   373   0   373 
Sale of non-controlling interest, net of purchases and tax  -   0   (224)  0   -   0   (224)  (48)  (272)
Dividends paid to USPT shareholders  -   0   0   (11,664)  -   0   (11,664)  0   (11,664)
Distributions to non-controlling interest partners - permanent equity  -   0   0   0   -   0   0   (5,812)  (5,812)
Other  -   0   0   49   -   0   49   50   99 
Net income attributable to non-controlling interest - permanent equity  -   0   0   0   -   0   0   5,536   5,536 
Net income attributable to USPH shareholders  -   0   0   34,873   -   0   34,873   0   34,873 
Balance December 31, 2018  14,899  $149  $80,028  $167,396   (2,215) $(31,628) $215,945  $930  $216,875 

 U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc.       
  Common Stock  
Additional
Paid-In Capital
  
Retained
Earnings
  Treasury Stock  
Total Shareholders’
Equity
  
Non-Controlling
Interests
  Total 
  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount 
                            
Issuance of restricted stock, net of cancellations  90   1   0   0   0   0   1   0   1 
Revaluation of redeemable non-controlling interest, net of tax  0   0   0   (8,771)  0   0   (8,771)  0   (8,771)
Compensation expense - equity-based awards  -   0   6,985   0   -   0   6,985   0   6,985 
Transfer of compensation liability for certain stock issued pursuant to long-term incentive plans  -   0   636   0   -   0   636   0   636 
Purchase of partnership interests - redeemable non-controlling interests  -   0   (266)  0   -   0   (266)  (26)  (292)
Sale of non-controlling interest, net of purchases and tax  -   0   0   196   -   0   196   0   196 
Dividends paid to USPT shareholders  -   0   0   (14,555)  -   0   (14,555)  0   (14,555)
Distributions to non-controlling interest partners - permanent equity  -   0   0   0   -   0   0   (6,014)  (6,014)
Other  -   0   0   47   -   0   47   (7)  40 
Net income attributable to non-controlling interest - permanent equity  -   0   0   0   -   0   0   6,561   6,561 
Net income attributable to USPH shareholders  -   0   0   40,039   -   0   40,039   0   40,039 
Balance December 31, 2019  14,989   150   87,383   184,352   (2,215)  (31,628)  240,257   1,444   241,701 

 U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc.       
  Common Stock  
Additional
Paid-In Capital
  
Retained
Earnings
  Treasury Stock  
Total Shareholders’
Equity
  
Non-Controlling
Interests
  Total 
  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount 
Issuance of restricted stock, net of cancellations  76   1   0   0   0   0   1   0   1 
Revaluation of redeemable non-controlling interest, net of tax  0   0   0   (3,415)  0   0   (3,415)  0   (3,415)
Compensation expense - equity-based awards  -   0   7,917   0   -   0   7,917   0   7,917 
Transfer of compensation liability for certain stock issued pursuant to long-term incentive plans  -   0   486   0   -   0   486   0   486 
Purchase of partnership interests - redeemable non-controlling interests  -   0   0   0   -   0   0   (168)  (168)
Sale of non-controlling interest, net of purchases and tax  -   0   (164)  0   -   0   (164)  0   (164)
Dividends paid to USPT shareholders  -   0   0   (4,110)  -   0   (4,110)  0   (4,110)
Distributions to non-controlling interest partners - permanent equity  -   0   0   0   -   0   0   (5,928)  (5,928)
Other  -   0   0   (6)  -   0   (6)  0   (6)
Net income attributable to non-controlling interest - permanent equity  -   0   0   0   -   0   0   6,122   6,122 
Net income attributable to USPH shareholders  -   0   0   35,194   -   0   35,194   0   35,194 
Balance December 31, 2020  15,065   151   95,622   212,015   (2,215)  (31,628)  276,160   1,470   277,630 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

47

U.S. PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF NET INCOME
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

 For the Year Ended 
  December 31, 2023  December 31, 2022  December 31, 2021 
          
Net patient revenue $514,556  $464,590  $438,330 
Other revenue  90,246   88,554   56,692 
Net revenue
  604,802   553,144   495,022 
Operating cost:            
Salaries and related costs  353,390   319,191   278,469 
Rent, supplies, contract labor and other  123,731   116,381   94,066 
Provision for credit losses  6,172   5,548   5,305 
Total operating cost  483,293   441,120   377,840 
             
Gross profit  121,509   112,024   117,182 
             
Corporate office costs
  51,953   46,111   46,533 
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets
  17,495   9,112   - 
Operating income  52,061   56,801   70,649 
             
Other (expense) income            
Interest expense, debt and other  (9,303)  (5,779)  (942)
Interest income from investments  3,774   -   - 
Change in fair value of contingent earn-out consideration  (1,550)  2,520   - 
Change in revaluation of put-right liability
  2,582   (5)  - 
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliate  955   1,175   112 
Relief Funds  467   -   4,597 
Settlement of a legal matter
  -   -   (2,635)
Resolution of a payor matter  -   -   1,216 
Other
  390   859   199 
Total other (expense) income  (2,685)  (1,230)  2,547 
Income before taxes  49,376   55,571   73,196 
             
Provision for income taxes  12,156   12,164   15,272 
Net income  37,220   43,407   57,924 
             
Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interest:            
Redeemable non-controlling interest - temporary equity
  (4,426)  (6,902)  (11,358)
Non-controlling interest - permanent equity  (4,555)  (4,347)  (5,735)
   (8,981)  (11,249)  (17,093)
             
Net income attributable to USPH shareholders $28,239  $32,158  $40,831 
             
Basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to USPH shareholders
 $1.28  $2.25  $2.41 
             
Shares used in computation - basic and diluted  14,188   12,985   12,898 
             
Dividends declared per common share $1.72  $1.64  $1.46 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

52

U.S. PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(IN THOUSANDS)

  Year Ended 
  
December 31, 2023
  
December 31, 2022
  
December 31, 2021
 
          
Net income 
$
37,220
  
$
43,407
  
$
57,924
 
Other comprehensive loss
            
Unrealized (loss) gain on cash flow hedge  
(1,642
)
  
5,378
   
-
 
Tax effect at statutory rate (federal and state)
  
420
   
(1,374
)
  
-
 
Comprehensive income 
$
35,998
  
$
47,411
  
$
57,924
 
             
Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interest  
(8,981
)
  
(11,249
)
  
(17,093
)
Comprehensive income attributable to USPH shareholders 
$
27,017
  
$
36,162
  
$
40,831
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

U.S. PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
(IN THOUSANDS)

  U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc.
       
  Common Stock  Additional  Accumulated Other
  Retained  Treasury Stock  Total Shareholders’  Non-Controlling    
  Shares  Amount  Paid-In Capital  Comprehensive Gain
  Earnings  Shares  Amount  Equity  Interests  Total 
                               
Balance January 1, 2021
  15,066  $151  $95,622  
$
-
  $212,015   (2,215) $(31,628) $276,160  $1,470  $277,630 
Net income attributable to USPH shareholders  -   -   -   -   40,831   -   -   40,831   -   40,831 
Net income attributable to non-controlling interest - permanent equity  -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   5,735   5,735 
Issuance of restricted stock, net of cancellations  60   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   - 
Revaluation of redeemable non-controlling interest
  -   -   -   -   (9,686)  -   -   (9,686)  -   (9,686)
Purchase of non-controlling interest  -   -   (918)  -   -   -   -   (918)  (60)  (978)
Sale of non-controlling interest  -   -   96   -   -   -   -   96   2   98 
Compensation expense - equity-based awards  -   -   7,867   -   -   -   -   7,867   -   7,867 
Dividends paid to USPH shareholders  -   -   -   -   (18,765)  -   -   (18,765)  -   (18,765)
Distributions to non-controlling interest partners - permanent equity  -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   (5,572)  (5,572)
Short swing profit settlement  -   -   20   -   -   -   -   20   -   20 
Other  -   -   1   -   -   -   -   1   -   1 
Balance December 31, 2021
  15,126  $151  $102,688  $-  $224,395   (2,215) $(31,628) $295,606  $1,575  $297,181 

  U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc.       
  Common Stock  Additional  Accumulated Other  Retained  Treasury Stock  Total Shareholders’  Non-Controlling
  
 
  Shares  Amount  Paid-In Capital  Comprehensive Gain  Earnings  Shares  Amount  Equity  Interests  Total 
                               
Balance January 1, 2022  15,126  $151  $102,688  $-  $224,395   (2,215) $(31,628) $295,606  $1,575  $297,181 
Net income attributable to USPH shareholders  -   -   -   -   32,158   -   -   32,158   -   32,158 
Net income attributable to non-controlling interest - permanent equity  -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   4,347   4,347 
Issuance of restricted stock, net of cancellations  90   1   -   -   -   -   -   1   -   1 
Revaluation of redeemable non-controlling interest
  -   -   -   -   (2,896)  -   -   (2,896)  -   (2,896)
Purchase of non-controlling interest  -   -   (353)  -   -   -   -   (353)  (101)  (454)
Compensation expense - equity-based awards  -   -   7,264   -   -   -   -   7,264   -   7,264 
Transfer of compensation liability for certain stock
  -   -   707   -   -   -   -   707   -   707 
Dividends paid to USPH shareholders  -   -   -   -   (21,321)  -   -   (21,321)  -   (21,321)
Distributions to non-controlling interest partners - permanent equity  -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   (5,246)  (5,246)
Deferred taxes related to redeemable non-controlling interest - temporary equity
  -   -   -   -   613   -   -   613   -   613 
Other comprehensive gain  -   -   -   4,004   -   -   -   4,004   -   4,004 
Other  -   -   11   -   (1)  -   -   10   685   695 
Balance December 31, 2022  15,216  $152  $110,317  $4,004  $232,948   (2,215) $(31,628) $315,793  $1,260  $317,053 

  U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc.       
  Common Stock  Additional  
Accumulated Other
  Retained  Treasury Stock  Total Shareholders’  Non-Controlling
  
 
  Shares  Amount  Paid-In Capital  Comprehensive Loss
  Earnings  Shares  Amount  Equity  Interests  Total
 
                               
Balance January 1, 2023  15,216  $152  $110,317  $4,004  $232,948   (2,215) $(31,628) $315,793  $1,260  $317,053 
Net income attributable to USPH shareholders  -   -   -   -   28,239   -   -   28,239   -   28,239 
Net income attributable to non-controlling interest - permanent equity  -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   4,555   4,555 
Issuance of restricted stock, net of cancellations  70   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   - 
Issuance of common stock, pursuant to the secondary public offering, net of issuance costs
  1,916   20   163,626   -   -   -   -   163,646   -   163,646 
Revaluation of redeemable non-controlling interest
  -   -   -   -   (13,564)  -   -   (13,564)  -   (13,564)
Compensation expense - equity-based awards  -   -   7,236   -   -   -   -   7,236   -   7,236 
Sale of non-controlling interest  -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   4   4 
Purchase of partnership interests -  non-controlling interest  -   -   (83)  -   -   -   -   (83)  (36)  (119)
Dividends payable to USPH shareholders  -   -   -   -   (24,128)  -   -   (24,128)  -   (24,128)
Distributions to non-controlling interest partners - permanent equity  -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   (4,567)  (4,567)
Deferred taxes related to redeeemable non-controlling interest - temporary equity
  -   -   -   -   587   -   -   587   -   587 
Other comprehensive loss
  -   -   -   (1,222)  (2)  -   -   (1,224)  -   (1,224)
Other
  -   -   -   -   (308)  -   -   (308)  -   (308)
Balance December 31, 2023  17,202  $172  $281,096  $2,782  $223,772   (2,215) $(31,628) $476,194  $1,216  $477,410 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

54

U.S. PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)IN THOUSANDS)

 Year Ended 
  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019  December 31, 2018 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES         
Net income including non-controlling interests $52,491  $57,259  $48,842 
Adjustments to reconcile net income including non-controlling interests to net cash provided by operating activities:            
Depreciation and amortization  10,533   10,095   9,755 
Provision for credit losses  4,623   4,858   4,603 
Equity-based awards compensation expense  7,917   6,985   5,939 
Deferred income taxes  (258)  4,651   4,813 
Gain on sale of partnership interest  (1,091)  (5,514)  (1,846)
Write-off of goodwill - closed clinics  1,859   0   0 
Other  281   96   167 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:            
Decrease (increase) in patient accounts receivable  899   (6,376)  (3,434)
Decrease(increase) in accounts receivable - other  1,661   (2,499)  (1,087)
Decrease (increase) in other assets  4,161   (1,878)  345 
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued expenses  12,427   (4,209)  4,876 
Increase (decrease) in other long-term liabilities  4,492   (1,020)  32 
Net cash provided by operating activities  99,995   62,448   73,005 
  
INVESTING ACTIVITIES            
Purchase of fixed assets  (7,639)  (10,189)  (7,193)
Purchase of majority interest in businesses, net of cash acquired  (23,907)  (30,597)  (16,367)
Purchase of redeemable non-controlling interest, temporary equity  (20,385)  (8,651)  0 
Purchase of non-controlling interest, permanent equity  (238)  (428)  (350)
Proceeds on sale of redeemable non-controlling interest, temporary equity  127   207   0 
Proceeds on sales of partnership interest, clinics and fixed assets  839   11,665   1 
Net cash used in investing activities  (51,203)  (37,993)  (23,909)
  
FINANCING ACTIVITIES            
Distributions to non-controlling interests, permanent and temporary equity  (18,331)  (16,235)  (15,646)
Cash dividends paid to shareholders  (4,110)  (14,555)  (11,664)
Proceeds from revolving line of credit  214,000   145,000   103,000 
Payments on revolving line of credit  (244,000)  (137,000)  (119,000)
Payments to settle mandatorily redeemable non-controlling interests  0   0   (265)
Principal payments on notes payable  (1,037)  (1,433)  (4,044)
Medicare Accelerated and Advance Payment Funds  14,054   0   0 
Other  2   (52)  (42)
Net cash used in financing activities  (39,422)  (24,275)  (47,661)
             
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents  9,370   180   1,435 
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period  23,548   23,368   21,933 
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period $32,918  $23,548  $23,368 
             
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION            
Cash paid during the period for:            
Income taxes $7,677  $9,856  $9,183 
Interest $1,202  $1,890  $2,357 
Non-cash investing and financing transactions during the period:            
Purchase of businesses - seller financing portion $1,121  $4,300  $950 
Purchase of business - payable to common shareholders of acquired business $0  $502  $0 
Notes payable related to purchase of redeemable non-controlling interest, temporary equity $136  $283  $0 
Notes payable related to purchase of non-controlling interest, permanent equity $699  $103  $0 
Notes receivable related to sale of partnership interest - redeemable non-controlling interest $0  $2,870  $0 
Notes receivables related to sale of partnership interest $994  $0  $0 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 Year Ended 
  December 31, 2023  December 31, 2022  December 31, 2021 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES         
Net income including non-controlling interest
 $37,220  $43,407  $57,924 
Adjustments to reconcile net income including non-controlling interest to net cash provided by operating activities:            
Depreciation and amortization  15,695   14,743   11,591 
Provision for credit losses  6,172   5,548   5,305 
Equity-based awards compensation expense  7,236   7,264   7,867 
Amortization of debt issue costs  420   305   56 
Change in deferred income taxes  4,490   4,309   5,688 
Change in revaluation of put-right liability  (2,582)  5   - 
Change in fair value of contingent earn-out consideration  1,550   (2,520)  - 
Equity of earnings in unconsolidated affiliate
  (955)  (1,175)  (112)
Loss (gain) on sale of clinics and fixed assets  166   (643)  - 
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets
  17,495   9,112   - 
Other  -   (83)  (134)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:            
Increase in patient accounts receivable  (5,645)  (10,279)  (9,417)
Increase in accounts receivable - other  (356)  (307)  (1,538)
Increase (decrease) in other current and long term assets
  (197)  (5,940)  (633)
Decrease (increase) in accounts payable and accrued expenses  15  (7,755)  4,657 
Decrease (increase) in other long-term liabilities
  1,254   2,546   (4,848)
Net cash provided by operating activities  81,978   58,537   76,406 
  
INVESTING ACTIVITIES            
Purchase of fixed assets  (9,294)  (8,248)  (8,201)
Purchase of majority interest in businesses, net of cash acquired  (26,582)  (59,788)  (86,823)
Purchase of redeemable non-controlling interest, temporary equity  (10,986)  (14,987)  (28,465)
Purchase of non controlling interest, permanent equity  (281)  (280)  (1,274)
Proceeds on sale of non-controlling interest, permanent equity
  102   -   131 
Proceeds on sale of partnership interest - redeemable non-controlling interest, temporary equity
  875   402   69 
Distributions from unconsolidated affiliate
  830   1,259   152 
Proceeds on sale of partnership interest, clinics and fixed assets
  -   373   275 
Other
  321  -   - 
Net cash used in investing activities  (45,015)  (81,269)  (124,136)
  
FINANCING ACTIVITIES            
Proceeds from issuance of common stock pursuant to the secondary public offering, net of issuance costs
  163,646   -   - 
Proceeds from revolving facility
  24,000   101,000   316,000 
Distributions to non-controlling interest, permanent and temporary equity  (16,100)  (15,348)  (16,931)
Cash dividends paid to shareholders  (24,128)  (21,321)  (18,765)
Payments on revolving facility  (55,000)  (184,000)  (218,000)
Principal payments on notes payable  (4,400)  (930)  (4,899)
Payments on term loan
  (3,750)  (1,875)  - 
Proceeds from term loan
  -   150,000   - 
Payment of deferred financing costs
  -   (1,779)  - 
Payment of Medicare Accelerated and Advance Funds  -   -   (14,054)
Other  -   12   28 
Net cash provided by financing activities
  84,268   25,759   43,379 
             
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents  121,231   3,027   (4,351)
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period  31,594   28,567   32,918 
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period $152,825  $31,594  $28,567 
             
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION            
Cash paid during the period for:            
Income taxes $4,926  $7,615  $12,214 
Interest paid
 $8,655  $5,687  $1,352 
Non-cash investing and financing transactions during the period:            
Purchase of businesses - seller financing portion $1,815  $1,574  $3,050 
Liabilities assumed associated with a purchase of a business
 $524  $-  $- 
Notes payable related to purchase of redeemable non-controlling interest, temporary equity $1,087  $1,074  $1,759 
Notes payable related to the purchase of non-controlling interest, permanent equity $200  $296  $- 
Notes receivable related to sale of redeemable non-controlling interest, temporary equity $4,136  $1,580  $914 
Notes receivable related to the sale of non-controlling interest, permanent equity $458  $-  $- 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
48
55

U.S. PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 20182021


1. Organization, Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation


The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”). All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.


The Company operates its business through 2two reportable business segments. The Company’s reportable segments include the physical therapy operations segment and the industrial injury prevention services (“IIP”) segment. The Company’s physical therapy operations consist of physical therapy and occupational therapy clinics that provide pre-and post-operative care and treatment for orthopedic relatedorthopedic-related disorders, sports-related injuries, preventive care, rehabilitation of injured workers and neurological injuries. The industrial injury prevention servicesServices provided by the IIP segment includesinclude onsite injury prevention and rehabilitation, performance optimization and ergonomic assessments. Prior to the second quarter of 2020, the Company operated as a single segment.  All prior year segment information has been reclassified to conform to the 2020 segment presentation. See Note 12. Segment Information.

Physical Therapy Operations


The physical therapy operations segment primarily operates through subsidiary clinic partnerships, in which the Company generally owns a 1% general partnership interest in all the Clinic Partnerships. Our limited partnership interests typically range from 10% to 99% in the Clinic Partnerships. The managing therapist of each clinic owns, directly or indirectly, the remaining limited partnership interest in most of the clinics (hereinafter referred to as “Clinic Partnerships”). To a lesser extent, the Company operates some clinics, through wholly-owned subsidiaries, under profit sharing arrangements with therapists (hereinafter referred to as “Wholly-Owned Facilities”).


The Company continues to seek to attract for employment physical therapists who have established relationships with physicians and other referral sources, by offering these therapists a competitive salary and incentives based on the profitability of the clinic that they manage. For multi-site clinic practices in which a controlling interest is acquired by the Company, the prior owners typically continue on as employees to manage the clinic operations, retaining a non-controlling ownership interest in the clinics and receiving a competitive salary for managing the clinic operations. In addition, the Company has developed satellite clinic facilities as part of existing Clinic Partnerships and Wholly-Owned Facilities, with the result that a substantial number of Clinic Partnerships and Wholly-Owned Facilities operate more than 1 clinic location.


As of December 31, 2020, the Company owned and/or operated 554 clinics in 39 states. The clinics’ business primarily originates from physician referrals. The principal sources of payment for the clinics’ services are managed care programs, commercial health insurance, Medicare/Medicaid, workers’ compensation insurance and proceeds from personal injury cases. In addition to the Company’s ownership and operation of outpatient physical therapy clinics, it also manages physical therapy facilities for third parties, such as physicians and hospitals, with 38 such third-party facilities under management as of December 31, 2020.


During the last three years, the Company completed the acquisitions of the following acquisitions within its physical therapy operations segment:

Acquisition Date 
% Interest
Acquired
 
Number of
Clinics
       
November 2020 Acquisition November 30, 2020 75% 3
September 2020 Acquisition September 30, 2020 70% *0
February 2020 Acquisition February 27, 2020 65%**4
September 2019 Acquisition September 30, 2019 67% 11
August 2018 Acquisition August 31, 2018 70% 4

*The business includes 6 management and services contracts which had a remaining term of approximately five years as of the date acquired.
**The 4 clinics are in 4 separate partnerships. The Company's interest in the 4 partnerships range from 10.0% to 83.8%, with an overall 65.0% based on the initial purchase transaction.

clinic practices and IIP businesses detailed below:
49


Also during 2019, we purchased the assets and business of 1 physical therapy clinic in a separate transaction. The clinic operates as a satellite clinic of 1 of the existing partnerships. Besides the August 2018 multi-clinic acquisition, we acquired 5 separate clinic practices that year through several of our majority owned Clinic Partnerships. These practices operate as satellites of the respective existing Clinic Partnerships.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company sold 14 previously closed clinics. The aggregate sales price was $1.1 million, of which $0.7 million was paid in cash and $0.4 million in a note receivable, payable in 2 equal installments of principal and any accrued interest on June 15, 2021 and 2022.
    % Interest  Number of
Acquisition  Date Acquired Clinics
October 2023 Acquisition October 31, 2023  **
 *
September 2023 Acquisition 1 September 29, 2023 70% 4
September 2023 Acquisition 2 September 29, 2023 70% 1
July 2023 Acquisition July 31, 2023 70% 7
May 2023 Acquisition May 31, 2023 45% 4
February 2023 Acquisition February 28, 2023 80% 1
November 2022 Acquisition November 30, 2022 80% 13
October 2022 Acquisition October 31, 2022 60% 14
September 2022 Acquisition September 30, 2022 80% 2
August 2022 Acquisition August 31, 2022 70% 6
March 2022 Acquisition March 31, 2022 70% 6
December 2021 Acquisition December 31, 2021 75% 3
November 2021 Acquisition November 30, 2021 70% *
September 2021 Acquisition September 30, 2021 100% *
June 2021 Acquisition June 30, 2021 65% 8
March 2021 Acquisition March 31, 2021 70% 6


The Company intends to continue to pursue additional acquisition opportunities, develop new clinics and open satellite clinics.
*IIP business
**On October 31, 2023, the Company concurrently acquired 100% of an IIP business and a 55% equity interest in the ergonomics software business (“October 2023 Acquisition”).


Clinic Partnerships


For non-acquired Clinic Partnerships, the earnings and liabilities attributable to the non-controlling interests, typically owned by the managing therapist, directly or indirectly, are recorded within the balance sheets and income statements as non-controlling interests – permanent equity. For acquired Clinic Partnerships with redeemable non-controlling interests, the earnings attributable to the redeemable non-controlling interests are recorded within the consolidated statements of income line item – net income attributable to redeemable non-controlling interests – temporary equity and the equity interests are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet as redeemable non-controlling interests – temporary equity.


Effective December 31, 2017, the Company entered into amendments to its acquired limited partnership agreements replacing the mandatory redemption features. No monetary consideration was paid to the partners to amend the agreements. The amended limited partnership agreements provide that, upon certain events, the Company has a call right (the “Call Right”) and the selling entity has a put right (the “Put Right”) for the purchase and sale of the limited partnership interest held by the partner. Once triggered, the Put Right and the Call Right do not expire, even upon an individual partner’s death, and contain no mandatory redemption feature. The purchase price of the partner’s limited partnership interest upon the exercise of either the Put Right or the Call Right is calculated per the terms of the respective agreements. The Company accounted for the amendment of its limited partnership agreements as an extinguishment of the outstanding Seller Entity Interests, as defined in Note 5, classified as liabilities through the issuance of new Seller Entity Interests classified in temporary equity. Pursuant to ASC 470-50-40-2, the Company removed the outstanding liability-classified Seller Entity Interests at their carrying amounts, recognized the new temporary-equity-classified Seller Entity Interests at their fair value, and recorded no gain or loss on extinguishment as management believes the redemption value (i.e. the carrying amount) and fair value are the same. In summary, the redemption values of the mandatorily redeemable non-controlling interest (previously classified as liabilities) were reclassified as redeemable non-controlling interest (temporary equity) at fair value on the December 31, 2017 consolidated balance sheet. See Note 5 - Redeemable Non-Controlling Interests – for further discussion.


Wholly-Owned Facilities


For Wholly-Owned Facilities with profit sharing arrangements, an appropriate accrual is recorded for the amount of profit sharing due the clinic partners/directors. The amount is expensed as compensation and included in clinic operating costs—salaries and related costs. The respective liability is included in current liabilities—accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets.

Industrial Injury Prevention Services


In March 2017,May 2023, the Company acquiredcompleted a 55% interest insecondary offering of 1,916,667 shares of its common stock at an offering price of $90.00 per share.  Upon completion of the initial industrial injury prevention business. On April 30, 2018,offering, the Company acquired a 65% interest in another business inreceived net proceeds of approximately $163.6 million, after deducting an underwriting discount of $8.6 million and recognizing related fees and expenses of $0.2 million.  A portion of the industrial injury prevention sector. On April 30, 2018,net proceeds was used to repay the Company combined the 2 businesses.  After the combination, the Company owned a 59.45% interest in the combined business, Briotix Health, Limited Partnership (“Briotix Health”), which is$35.0 million then outstanding under the Company’s industrial injury prevention operation.credit facility while the remainder is expected to be used primarily for additional acquisitions.


On April 11, 2019, the Company acquired 100% of a third provider of industrial injury prevention services. The acquired company specializes in delivering injury prevention and care, post offer employment testing, functional capacity evaluations and return-to-work services. It performs these services across a network in 45 states including onsite at 11 client locations. After the acquisition, the business was then combined with Briotix Health increasing the Company’s ownership position in the partnership to approximately 76.0%.


Services provided in the industrial injury prevention services segment include onsite injury prevention and rehabilitation, performance optimization, post offer employment testing, functional capacity evaluations, and ergonomic assessments. The majority of these services are contracted with and paid for directly by employers, including a number of Fortune 500 companies. Other clients include large insurers and their contractors. The Company performs these services through Industrial Sports Medicine Professionals, consisting of both physical therapists and specialized certified athletic trainers (ATCs).

50


Impact of COVID-19

Relief Funds

As previously disclosed in a series of filings with the SEC and further described in detail in our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the first three quarters of 2020, the Company’s results have been negatively impacted by the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. Management has taken a number of steps to reduce costs, make up for operating losses incurred in March and April, and increase profits subsequently. The Company continues to experience somewhat lower physical therapy patient volumes; however revenues improved significantly in the 2020 fourth quarter compared to the 2020 second and third quarters. The Company’s average physical therapy patient volumes per day per clinic were 26.2, 18.9, 25.8, and 27.7, respectively, in the first four quarters of 2020. The Company’s industrial injury prevention business was less affected by the pandemic in 2020.


In March with the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company began to furlough or terminate approximately 40% of its 5,500 full and part-time workforce. Since early May, approximately 1,200 of the furloughed employees have returned to work on a full or part-time basis.


As of the filing of this annual report, the Company continues to experience lower physical therapy revenues. As stay at home orders and other restrictions have been lifted, we have seen our physical therapy volumes trending upwards. Should stay at home orders or other restrictions be reenacted, the Company could see its Company’s patient volume and revenues decline again.


The Company has put preparedness plans2020 in place at its facilities to maintain continuity of operations, while also taking steps to keep employees and patients safe. In line with recommendations to reduce large gatherings and increase social distancing, the Company has, where practical, transitioned a large number of office-based employees to a remote work environment.

Medicare Accelerated and Advance Payment Program (“MAAPP Funds”)


In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the federal government approved the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”). The CARES Act allowed for qualified healthcare providers to receive advanced payments under the existing MAAPP Funds during the COVID-19 pandemic. Under this program, healthcare providers could choose to receive advanced payments for future Medicare services provided. The Company applied for and received approval fromCenters for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”) in April 2020. The Company recorded these payments as a liability until all performance obligations have been met as the payments were made on behalf of patients before services were provided. Currently, MAAPP funds received are required to be applied to future Medicare billings commencing in August 2021, with all such remaining amounts required to be repaid by January 2024. Beginning January 2024, any unpaid balance will begin accruing interest. The Company currently intends to repay funds prior to August 2021. Included in cash and cash equivalents and accrued liabilities at December 31, 2020 is $14.1 million of MAAPP Funds.

Relief Funds


The CARES Act also provided additional waivers, reimbursement, grants and other funds to assist health care providers during the COVID-19 pandemic, including $100.0 billion in appropriations for the Public Health and Social Services Emergency Fund, also referred to as the Provider Relief Fund, to be used for preventing, preparing, and responding to the coronavirus, and for reimbursing eligible health care providers for lost revenues and health care related expenses that are attributable to COVID-19.

Through For the year ended December 31, 2020,2021, the Company’s consolidated subsidiaries receivedCompany recorded income of approximately $13.5$4.6 million of payments under the CARES Act (“Relief Funds”). ForUnder the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company has recognized approximately $13.5 million,Company’s accounting policy, these payments were recorded as Other income – Relief Funds on the accompany consolidated statement of operations. These funds are not required to be repaid upon attestation and compliance with certain terms and conditions, which could change materially based on evolving grant compliance provisions and guidance provided by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Currently, the Company can attest and comply with the terms and conditions of the grant guidance.  The Company will continue to monitor the evolving guidelines and may record adjustments as additional information is released.Funds.

51
56

Table of Contents

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Cash Equivalents


The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents at financial institutions. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The combined account balances at several institutions typically exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance coverage and, as a result, there is a concentration of credit risk related to amounts on deposit in excess of FDIC insurance coverage. Management believes that this risk is not significant.

Long-Lived Assets


Fixed assets are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Estimated useful lives for furniture and equipment range from three to eight years and for software purchased from three to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the related lease term or estimated useful lives of the assets, which is generally three to five years.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of


The Company reviews property and equipment and intangible assets with finite lives for impairment upon the occurrence of certain events or circumstances that indicate the related amounts may be impaired. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

Goodwill

and Other Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the amount paid and fair value of the non-controlling interests over the fair value of the acquired business assets, which include certain identifiable intangible assets. Historically, goodwill has been derived from acquisitions and, prior to 2009, from the purchase of some or all of a particular local management’s equity interest in an existing clinic. Effective January 1, 2009, if the purchase price of a non-controlling interest by the Company exceeds or is less than the book value at the time of purchase, any excess or shortfall is recognized as an adjustment to additional paid-in capital.


Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but are instead subject to periodic impairment evaluations. The fair value of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets with indefinite lives are evaluated for impairment at least annually and upon the occurrence of certain events or conditions and are written down to fair value if considered impaired. These events or conditions include but are not limited to:to a significant adverse change in the business environment, regulatory environment, or legal factors; a current period operating, or cash flow loss combined with a history of such losses or a projection of continuing losses; or a sale or disposition of a significant portion of a reporting unit. The occurrence of one of these events or conditions could significantly impact an impairment assessment, necessitating an impairment charge. The Company evaluates indefinite livedindefinite-lived tradenames using the relief from royalty method in conjunction with itsour annual goodwill impairment test.


57

The Company operates a 2 segmentits business which is made upthrough two segments consisting of variousphysical therapy clinics within partnerships, and an IIP business. For the other is industrial injury prevention services business. The partnerships are componentspurposes of regions and are aggregated to the operating segment level for the purpose of determining the Company’s reporting units when performing its annual goodwill impairment test. In 2020, 2019 and 2018, there were 6 regions.analysis, the segments are further broken down into reporting units.  Reporting units within our physical therapy business are comprised of six regions primarily based on each clinic’s location. In addition to the six regions, in 20202023 and 2019,2022, the impairment analysis included a separate analysis for the industrial injury preventionIIP business as a separateconsisted of two reporting unit.

units.

As part of the impairment analysis, the Company is first required to assess qualitatively if it can conclude whether goodwill is more likely than not impaired. If goodwill is more likely than not impaired, the Companyit is then required to complete a quantitative analysis of whether a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. In evaluating whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the Company considers relevant events or circumstances that affect the fair value or carrying amount of a reporting unit. The Company considers both the income and market approach in determining the fair value of its reporting units when performing a quantitative analysis.


An impairment loss generally would be recognized when the carrying amount of the net assets of a reporting unit, inclusive of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets, exceeds the estimated fair value of the reporting unit. The evaluation of goodwill in 2020, 2019 and 20182021 did not result in any goodwill amounts that were deemed impaired.


Based on
The Company recorded a charge for goodwill impairment of $15.8 million and $9.1 million in the economic conditions experiencedyears ended December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively. The Company also recorded a charge of $1.7 million for impairment of a tradename during the year ended December 31, 2023. The charges for impairment related to one reporting unit in 2020 and the decline in patient visits due toIIP business.

During the pandemic,year ended December 31, 2023, the Company evaluated whether events or circumstances indicated that it was more likely thandid not that the fair value of the reporting units were reduced below their carrying valuerecognize any additional impairment as of December 31, 2020. As a result of the Company’s annual assessment the Company determined that it was not more likely than not thatof goodwill and tradenames offor the other seven reporting units were impaired as of December 31, 2020.units. The Company also noted no impairment to long-lived assets for all reporting units.

52


The Company will continue to monitor for any triggering events or other indicators of impairment.  Due to the uncertainty of the current economic conditions resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company will continue to review its carrying amounts of goodwill and other intangibles quarterly.


Investment in unconsolidated affiliates


For the year ended December 31, 2020,Investments in unconsolidated affiliates, in which the Company derecognized (wrote-off) goodwillhas less than a controlling interest, are accounted for under the equity method of accounting and, accordingly, are adjusted for capital contributions, distributions and the Company’s equity in net earnings or loss of the amount of $1.9 million related to closed clinics due to COVID-19.respective joint venture.

Redeemable Non-Controlling Interests

Interest

The non-controlling interestsinterest that areis reflected as redeemable non-controlling interestsinterest in the consolidated financial statements consistconsists of those in which the owners and the Company have certain redemption rights, whether currently exercisable or not, and which currently, or in the future, require that the Company purchase or the owner sell the non-controlling interest held by the owner, if certain conditions are met. The purchase price is derived at a predetermined formula based on a multiple of trailing twelve months earnings performance as defined in the respective limited partnership agreements. The redemption rights can be triggered by the owner or the Company at such time as both of the following events have occurred: 1) termination of the owner’s employment, regardless of the reason for such termination, and 2) the passage of specified number of years after the closing of the transaction, typically three to five years, as defined in the limited partnership agreement. The redemption rights are not automatic or mandatory (even upon death) and require either the owner or the Company to exercise its rights when the conditions triggering the redemption rights have been satisfied.


58

On the date the Company acquires a controlling interest in a partnership, and the limited partnership agreement for such partnership contains redemption rights not under the control of the Company, the fair value of the non-controlling interest is recorded in the consolidated balance sheet under the captioncaption—Redeemable non-controlling interestRedeemable non-controlling interests.temporary equity. Then, in each reporting period thereafter until it is purchased by the Company, the redeemable non-controlling interest is adjusted to the greater of its then current redemption value or initial carrying value, based on the predetermined formula defined in the respective limited partnership agreement. As a result, the value of the non-controlling interest is not adjusted below its initial carrying value. The Company records any adjustment in the redemption value, net of tax, directly to retained earnings and are not reflected in the consolidated statements of net income. Although the adjustments are not reflected in the consolidated statements of net income, current accounting rules require that the Company reflects the adjustments, net of tax, in the earnings per share calculation. The amount of net income attributable to redeemable non-controlling interest owners is included in consolidated net income on the face of the consolidated statements of net income. Management believes the redemption value (i.e. the carrying amount) and fair value are the same.

Non-Controlling Interests

Interest

The Company recognizes non-controlling interests,interest, in which the Company has no obligation but the right to purchase the non-controlling interests,interest, as permanent equity in the consolidated financial statements separate from the parent entity’s equity. The amount of net income attributable to non-controlling interests is included in consolidated net income on the face of the statements of net income. Changes in a parent entity’s ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in deconsolidation are treated as equity transactions if the parent entity retains its controlling financial interest. The Company recognizes a gain or loss in net income when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. Such gain or loss is measured using the fair value of the non-controlling equity investment on the deconsolidation date.


When the purchase price of a non-controlling interest by the Company exceeds the book value at the time of purchase, any excess or shortfall is recognized as an adjustment to additional paid-in capital. Additionally, operating losses are allocated to non-controlling interests even when such allocation creates a deficit balance for the non-controlling interest partner.

53

Revenue Recognition


In May 2014, March 2016, April 2016, and December 2016, the Financial
The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with Accounting Standards BoardCodification (“FASB”ASC”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, Principal versus Agent Considerations, ASU 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing, ASU 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, Narrow Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients, and ASU 2016-20, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customer (collectively the “standards”), respectively, which supersede most of the current revenue recognition requirements (“ASC 606”). The core principle of the new guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.


The Company implemented the new standards beginning January 1, 2018 using a modified retrospective transition method. The principal change relates to how the new standard requires healthcare providers to estimate the amount of variable consideration to be included in the transaction price up to an amount which is probable that a significant reversal will not occur. The most common forms of variable consideration the Company experiences are amounts for services provided that are ultimately not realizable from a customer. There were no changes to revenues or other revenues upon implementation. Under the new standards, the Company’s estimate for unrealizable amounts will continue to be recognized as a reduction to revenue. The bad debt expense historically reported will not materially change.


606. For ASC 606, there is an implied contract between us and the patient upon each patient visit. Separate contractual arrangements exist between us and third-party payors (e.g. insurers, managed care programs, government programs, workers'workers’ compensation) which establish the amounts the third parties pay on behalf of the patients for covered services rendered. While these agreements are not considered contracts with the customer, they are used for determining the transaction price for services provided to the patients covered by the third partythird-party payors. The payor contracts do not indicate performance obligations for us but indicate reimbursement rates for patients who are covered by those payors when the services are provided. At that time, the Company is obligated to provide services for the reimbursement rates stipulated in the payor contracts. The execution of the contract alone does not indicate a performance obligation. For self-paying customers, the performance obligation exists when we provide the services at established rates. The difference between the Company’s established rate and the anticipated reimbursement rate is accounted for as an offset to revenuecontractual allowance. Payments for services rendered are typically due 30 to 120 days after receipt of the invoice.


The following table details the revenue related to the various categories (in thousands).

 Year Ended 
  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019  December 31, 2018 
Net patient revenues $373,340  $433,345  $417,703 
Management contract revenues  8,410   8,676   8,339 
Other revenues  2,020   2,486   2,403 
Physical therapy operations $383,770  $444,507  $428,445 
Industrial injury prevention services revenues  39,199   37,462   25,466 
  $422,969  $481,969  $453,911 

Patient revenuesrevenue


Revenues are recognized in the period in which services are rendered. Net patient revenuesrevenue consists of revenues for physical therapy and occupational therapy clinics that provide pre-and post-operative care and treatment for orthopedic related disorders, sports-related injuries, preventative care, rehabilitation of injured workers and neurological-related injuries. Net patient revenues (patient revenues less estimated contractual adjustments) areadjustments, see –Contractual Adjustments, for additional information) are recognized at the estimated net realizable amounts from third-party payors, patients and others in exchange for services rendered when obligations under the terms of the contract are satisfied. There is an implied contract between us and the patient upon each patient visit. Generally, this occurs as the Company provides physical and occupational therapy services, as each service provided is distinct and future services rendered are not dependent on previously rendered services. The Company has agreements with third-party payors that provide for payments to the Company at amounts different from its established rates.


Medicare Reimbursement


The Medicare program reimburses outpatient rehabilitation providers based on the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule (‘‘MPFS’’). For services provided in 2018, a 0.5% increase was applied to the fee schedule payment rates; for services provided in 2019, a 0.25% increase was applied to the fee schedule payment rates before applying the mandatory budget neutrality adjustment. For services provided in 2020 through 2025, a 0.0% percent update will be applied each year to the fee schedule payment rates, before applying the mandatory budget neutrality adjustment. However, in the 2020 MPFS Final Rule, CMS proposed an increase to the code values for office/outpatient evaluation and management (E/M) codes and cuts to other codes to maintain budget neutrality of the MPFS. This change in code valuations was to become effective January 1, 2021.  Under the 2021 MPFS Final Rule, reimbursement for the codes applicable to physical/occupational therapy services were to be reduced by approximately 9% in the aggregate. The 9% reduction in payment was addressed by the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 (“Act”) signed into law on December 27,2020.  Based on various provisions in the Act, the Company now estimates that the Medicare rate reduction for the full year of 2021 will be approximately 3.5% in aggregate.

54
59

Table of Contents

Beginning in 2021, payments to individual therapists (Physical/Occupational Therapist in Private Practice) paid under the fee schedule may be subject to adjustment based on performance in the Merit Based Incentive Payment System (“MIPS”), which measures performance based on certain quality metrics, resource use, and meaningful use of electronic health records. Under the MIPS requirements, a provider's performance is assessed according to established performance standards each year and then is used to determine an adjustment factor that is applied to the professional's payment for the corresponding payment year. The provider’s MIPS performance in 2019 will determine the payment adjustment in 2021. Each year from 2019 through 2024, professionals who receive a significant share of their revenues through an alternate payment model (“APM”), (such as accountable care organizations or bundled payment arrangements) that involves risk of financial losses and a quality measurement component will receive a 5% bonus in the corresponding payment year. The bonus payment for APM participation is intended to encourage participation and testing of new APMs and to promote the alignment of incentives across payors. The specifics of the MIPS and APM adjustments will be subject to future notice and comment rule-making.


The Budget Control Act of 2011 increased the federal debt ceiling in connection with deficit reductions over the next ten years, and requires automatic reductions in federal spending by approximately $1.2 trillion. Payments to Medicare providers are subject to these automatic spending reductions, subject to a 2% cap. On April 1, 2013, a 2% reduction to Medicare payments was implemented. The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, enacted on November 2, 2015, extended the 2% reductions to Medicare payments through fiscal year 2025. The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, enacted on February 9, 2018, extends the 2% reductions to Medicare payments through fiscal year 2027. The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act suspended the 2% payment reduction Medicare payments for dates of service from May 1, 2020, through December 31, 2020. The Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 further suspended the 2% payment reduction until March 31, 2021.


Historically, the total amount paid by Medicare in any one year for outpatient physical therapy, occupational therapy, and/or speech-language pathology services provided to any Medicare beneficiary was subject to an annual dollar limit (i.e., the “Therapy Cap” or “Limit”). For 2017, the annual Limit on outpatient therapy services was $1,980 for combined Physical Therapy and Speech Language Pathology services and $1,980 for Occupational Therapy services. As a result of Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, the Therapy Caps have been eliminated, effective as of January 1, 2018.


Under the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012 (“MCTRA”), since October 1, 2012, patients who met or exceeded $3,700 in therapy expenditures during a calendar year have been subject to a manual medical review to determine whether applicable payment criteria are satisfied. The $3,700 threshold is applied to Physical Therapy and Speech Language Pathology Services; a separate $3,700 threshold is applied to the Occupational Therapy. The MACRA directed CMS to modify the manual medical review process such that those reviews will no longer apply to all claims exceeding the $3,700 threshold and instead will be determined on a targeted basis based on a variety of factors that CMS considers appropriate. The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018 extends the targeted medical review indefinitely, but reduces the threshold to $3,000 through December 31, 2027. For 2028, the threshold amount will be increased by the percentage increase in the Medicare Economic Index (“MEI”) for 2028 and in subsequent years the threshold amount will increase based on the corresponding percentage increase in the MEI for such subsequent year.


CMS adopted a multiple procedure payment reduction (“MPPR”) for therapy services in the final update to the MPFS for calendar year 2011. The MPPR applied to all outpatient therapy services paid under Medicare Part B — occupational therapy, physical therapy and speech-language pathology. Under the policy, the Medicare program pays 100% of the practice expense component of the Relative Value Unit (“RVU”) for the therapy procedure with the highest practice expense RVU, then reduces the payment for the practice expense component for the second and subsequent therapy procedures or units of service furnished during the same day for the same patient, regardless of whether those therapy services are furnished in separate sessions. Since 2013, the practice expense component for the second and subsequent therapy service furnished during the same day for the same patient was reduced by 50%. In addition, the MCTRA directed CMS to implement a claims-based data collection program to gather additional data on patient function during the course of therapy in order to better understand patient conditions and outcomes. All practice settings that provide outpatient therapy services are required to include this data on the claim form. Since 2013, therapists have been required to report new codes and modifiers on the claim form that reflect a patient’s functional limitations and goals at initial evaluation, periodically throughout care, and at discharge. Reporting of these functional limitation codes and modifiers are required on the claim for payment.


Medicare claims for outpatient therapy services furnished by therapy assistants on or after January 1, 2020 must include a modifier indicating the service was furnished by a therapy assistant. Outpatient therapy services furnished on or after January 1, 2022 in whole or part by a therapy assistant will be paid at an amount equal to 85% of the payment amount otherwise applicable for the service.

55


Statutes, regulations, and payment rules governing the delivery of therapy services to Medicare beneficiaries are complex and subject to interpretation. We believe that we are in compliance, in all material respects, with all applicable laws and regulations and are not aware of any pending or threatened investigations involving allegations of potential wrongdoing that would have a material effect on the our financial statements as of December 31, 2020. Compliance with such laws and regulations can be subject to future government review and interpretation, as well as significant regulatory action including fines, penalties, and exclusion from the Medicare program. For year ended December 31, 2020, net patient revenues from Medicare were approximately $101.6 million.


Given the history of frequent revisions to the Medicare program and its reimbursement rates and rules, we may not continue to receive reimbursement rates from Medicare that sufficiently compensate us for our services or, in some instances, cover our operating costs. Limits on reimbursement rates or the scope of services being reimbursed could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, any delay or default by the federal or state governments in making Medicare and/or Medicaid reimbursement payments could materially and, adversely, affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Management Contract Revenues


Management contract revenues, which are included in other revenues, are derived from contractual arrangements whereby the Company manages a clinic for third party owners. The Company does not have any ownership interest in these clinics. Typically, revenues are determined based on the number of visits conducted at the clinic and recognized at a point in time when services are performed. Costs, typically salaries for the Company’s employees, are recorded when incurred.

Industrial Injury Prevention Services Revenues

Other Revenue

Revenue from the industrial injury preventionIIP business, which are alsois included in other revenuesrevenue in the consolidated statements of net income, areis derived from onsite services we providethe Company provides to clients’ employees including injury prevention, rehabilitation, ergonomic assessments, post-offer employment testing and performance optimization. Revenue from the Company’s industrial injury preventionIIP business is recognized when obligations under the terms of the contract are satisfied. Revenues are recognized at an amount equal to the consideration the company expects to receive in exchange for providing injury prevention services to its clients. The revenue is determined and recognized based on the number of hours and respective rate for services provided in a given period.

Other Revenues

Management contract revenue, which is also included in other revenue, is derived from contractual arrangements whereby the Company manages a clinic for third party owners. The Company does not have any ownership interest in these clinics. Typically, revenue is determined based on the number of visits conducted at the clinic and recognized at a point in time when services are performed. Costs, typically salaries for the Company’s employees, are recorded when incurred. Management contract revenue was $8.6 million, $8.1 million and $9.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021, respectively.

Additionally, other revenues includerevenue from physical therapy operations includes services the Company provides on-site at locations such as schools and industrial worksites for physical or occupational therapy services, athletic trainers and gym membership fees. Contract terms and rates are agreed to in advance between the Company and the third parties. Services are typically performed over the contract period and revenue is recorded at the point of service. If the services are paid in advance, revenue is recorded as a contract liability over the period of the agreement and recognized at the point in time, when the services are performed.

Contractual Allowances


The allowance for estimated contractual adjustments is based on terms of payor contracts and historical collection and write-off experience. Contractual allowances result from the differences between the rates charged for services performed and expected reimbursements by both insurance companies and government sponsored healthcare programs for such services. Medicare regulations and the various third partythird-party payors and managed care contracts are often complex and may include multiple reimbursement mechanisms payable for the services provided in Company clinics. The Company estimates contractual allowances based on its interpretation of the applicable regulations, payor contracts and historical calculations. Each month the Company estimates its contractual allowance for each clinic based on payor contracts and the historical collection experience of the clinic and applies an appropriate contractual allowance reserve percentage to the gross accounts receivable balances for each payor of the clinic. Based on the Company’s historical experience, calculating the contractual allowance reserve percentage at the payor level is sufficient to allow the Company to provide the necessary detail and accuracy with its collectability estimates. However, the services authorized and provided and related reimbursement are subject to interpretation that could result in payments that differ from the Company’s estimates. Payor terms are periodically revised necessitating continual review and assessment of the estimates made by management. The Company’s billing system does not capture the exact change in its contractual allowance reserve estimate from period to period in order to assess the accuracy of its revenues and hence its contractual allowance reserves. Management regularly compares its cash collections to corresponding net revenues measured both in the aggregate and on a clinic-by-clinic basis. In the aggregate, historically the difference between net revenues and corresponding cash collections for any fiscal year has generally reflected a difference within approximately 1% to 1.5% of net revenues. Additionally, analysis of subsequent periods’ contractual write-offs on a payor basis reflects a difference within approximately 1%1.0% to 1.5% between the actual aggregate contractual reserve percentage as compared to the estimated contractual allowance reserve percentage associated with the same period end balance. As a result, the Company believes that a change in the contractual allowance reserve estimate would not likely be more than 1%1.0% to 1.5% of gross billings included in accounts receivable each at December 31, 2020.2023 and December 31, 2022.

56

Allowance for Credit Losses


The Company determines allowances for credit losses based on the specific agings and payor classifications at each clinic. The provision for credit losses is included in operating costs in the consolidated statements of net income. Patient accounts receivable, which are stated at the historical carrying amount net of contractual allowances, write-offs and allowance for credit losses, includes only those amounts the Company estimates to be collectible.

Income Taxes


Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.


The Company recognizes the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount to be recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority.

The CARES Act includes changes to certain tax law related to net operating losses and the deductibility of interest expense and depreciation. ASC 740, Income Taxes requires the effects of changes in tax rates and laws on deferred tax balances to be recognized in the period in which the legislation is enacted. The legislation had no effect on the Company’s deferred income taxes and current income taxes payable during the year ended December 31, 2023.

The  Company did 0t have any accruedrecords interest or penalties associated with any unrecognized tax benefits 0r was any interest expense recognized during the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. The Company will book any interest or penalties, if required, in interest and other expense, as appropriate.in the consolidated statements of net income. The Company did not have any interest or penalties in each of the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.

Fair ValuesValue of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified using the following hierarchy, which is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation at the measurement date.

Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 – Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly.
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs based on the Company’s own assumptions.

The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, contingent earn-out payments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and notes payable approximate their fair values due to the short-term maturity of these financial instruments. The carrying amount under the Amended Credit Agreement approximates the fair value due to the proximity of the debt issue date and the redemptionbalance sheet date and the variable component of interest on debt. The interest rate on the Credit Agreement is tied to the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”).

The put right associated with the potential future purchase of the separate company in the November 2021 acquisition are both is also marked to fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs. The put right associated with the potential future purchase of the separate company in the IIP business is determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model utilizing unobservable inputs such as asset volatility and discount rates. The unobservable inputs in the valuation include asset volatility of 25.0% and a discount rate of 11.22%. The value of Redeemable non-controlling interests approximate the respectiveput right associated with the potential future purchase of a company in the IIP business decreased $2.6 million from $3.6 million on December 31, 2022 to approximately $1.0 million on December 31, 2023. Accordingly, the Company recognized a gain of $2.6 million on this change in revaluation for the twelve months ended December 31, 2023.

61

The valuations of the Company’s interest rate derivative is measured as the present value of all expected future cash flows based on SOFR-based yield curves. The present value calculation uses discount rates that have been adjusted to reflect the credit quality of the Company and its counterparty which is a Level 2 fair values.value measurement. The fair value of the Company’sinterest rate swap on December 31, 2023, was $3.7 million, of which $2.6 million has been included within Other current assets and $1.1 million has been included in Other assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet. The impact of the interest rate swap on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income was an unrealized loss of $1.2 million, net of tax, for the year ended December 31, 2023.

The redemption value of redeemable non-controlling interests is determinedapproximates the fair value. See Note 6 for the changes in the fair value of Redeemable non-controlling interest.

The consideration for some of the Company’s acquisitions include future payments that are contingent upon the occurrence of future operational objectives being met. The Company estimates the fair value of contingent consideration obligations through valuation models designed to estimate the probability of such contingent payments based on “Level 3” inputs. The interest ratevarious assumptions and incorporating estimated success rates. These fair value measurements are based on significant inputs not observable in the market. Substantial judgment is employed in determining the appropriateness of these assumptions as of the acquisition date and for each subsequent period. Accordingly, changes in assumptions could have a material impact on the Amended Credit Agreement, which is tiedamount of contingent consideration expense the Company records in any given period.The Company determined the fair value of its contingent consideration obligation to LIBOR, is set at various short-term intervals, as detailed in the Amended Credit Agreement.be $9.8 million and $8.3 million on December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Segment Reporting


Operating segments are components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by chief operating decision makers in determining the allocation of resources and in assessing performance. The Company currently operates through two segments: physical therapy operations and industrial injury prevention services.

Use of Estimates


In preparing the Company’s consolidated financial statements, management makes certain estimates and assumptions, especially in relation to, but not limited to, goodwill impairment, tradenames, allocations of purchase price, allowance for receivables, tax provision and contractual allowances, that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Self-Insurance Program


The Company utilizes a self-insurance plan for its employee group health and dental insurance coverage administered by a third party. Predetermined loss limits have been arranged with the insurance company to minimize the Company’s maximum liability and cash outlay. Accrued expenses include the estimated incurred but unreported costs to settle unpaid claims and estimated future claims. Management believes that the current accrued amounts are sufficient to pay claims arising from self-insurance claims incurred through December 31, 2020.2023.

57

Restricted Stock


Restricted stock issued to employees and directors is subject to continued employment or continued service on the board, respectively. Generally, restrictions on the stock granted to employees lapse in equal annual installments on the following four anniversaries of the date of grant. For those shares granted to directors, the restrictions will lapse in equal quarterly installments during the first year after the date of grant. For those granted to officers, the restriction will lapse in equal quarterly installments during the four years following the date of grant. Compensation expense for grants of restricted stock is recognized based on the fair value per share on the date of grant amortized over the vesting period. The Company recognizes any forfeitures as they occur. The restricted stock issued is included in basic and diluted shares for the earnings per share computation.

Reclassification of Prior Period Presentation

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified for consistency with the current year presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on the reported results of operations.

62

Recently Adopted Accounting GuidancePronouncements


In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASC 842”), which amended prior accounting standards for leases.


The Company implemented the new lease standard, ASC Topic 842 – Leases as of January 1,December 2019, using the transition method in ASU 2018-11 issued in July 2018 which allows the Company to initially apply the new leases standard at adoption date and recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. There was no adjustment required to retained earnings upon adoption. Accordingly, no retrospective adjustments were made to the comparative periods presented. The Company elected certain of the practical expedients permitted, including the expedient that allows the Company to retain its existing lease assessment and classification.


Adoption of ASC 842 resulted in an increase to total assets and liabilities due to the recording of operating lease right-of-use assets (“ROU”) and operating lease liabilities of approximately $78.0 million and $82.6 million respectively, as of January 1, 2019 for operating leases as a lessee. The adoption did not materially impact the Company’s consolidated statement of income or cash flows. See Footnote 10 - Leases for further discussion of leases.


In August 2018, the Securities Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued Final Rule 33-10532, Disclosure Update and Simplification, which amends certain disclosure requirements that were redundant, duplicative, overlapping or superseded by other SEC disclosure requirements. The amendments generally eliminated or otherwise reduced certain disclosure requirements of various SEC rules and regulations. However, in some cases, the amendments require additional information to be disclosed, including changes in stockholders’ equity in interim periods. The rule is effective 30 days after its publication in the Federal Register. The rule was posted on October 4, 2018. On September 25, 2018, the SEC released guidance advising it will not object to a registrant adopting the requirement to include changes in stockholders’ equity in the Form 10-Q for the first quarter beginning after the effective date of the rule. The Company adopted this guidance in its Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2019.


In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740) Credit Losses, which added a new impairment model (known asSimplifying the current expected credit loss (CECL) model) thatAccounting for Income Taxes (“ASU 2019-12”). The objective of ASU 2019-12 is based on expected losses rather than incurred losses. Underto simplify the new guidance, an entity recognizes as an allowance its estimateaccounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 and to provide more consistent application to improve the comparability of expected credit losses. financial statements. The CECL model applies to most debt instruments, including trade receivables. The CECL model does not have a minimum thresholdamendments in  this ASU are effective for recognition of impairment lossesfiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and entities will need to measure expected credit losses on assets that have a low risk of loss. The standard is required to be applied using the modified retrospective approach with a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings, if any, upon adoption.


early adoption was permitted. The Company completed the adoption of ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses  on January 1, 2020. The financial instruments subject to ASU 2016-13 are the Company’s accounts receivable derived from contracts with customers. A significant portion of the Company’s accounts receivable are from highly-solvent, creditworthy payors including governmental programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, and highly regulated commercial insurers. The Company’s estimate of expected credit losses as of January 1, 2020, using its expected credit loss evaluation process, resulted in no adjustments to the allowance for credit losses and no cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings on the adoption date of the standard.


In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (Topic 350), which eliminates the requirement to calculate the implied fair value of goodwill to measure a goodwill impairment charge. ASU 2017-04 is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and the interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company completed the adoption of the standard2020-06 effective January 1, 20202021 and there was no material impact to goodwill fromon the Company’s adoption of this change.financial statements.

58

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance


In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. This ASU provides temporary optional expedients and exceptions to the guidance on contract modifications and hedge accounting to ease the financial reporting burdens of the expected market transition from the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and other interbank offered rates to alternative reference rates. The new guidance was effective upon issuance, and the Company is allowed to elect to apply the amendments prospectively through December 31, 2022. Borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement bear interest based on LIBOR or an alternate base rate. Provisions within the agreement currently provide the Company with the ability to replace LIBOR with a different reference rate in the event LIBOR ceases to exist.


In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06 Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity, which simplifies the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity, including convertible instruments and contracts on an entity’s own equity. As part of this update, convertible instruments are to be included in diluted earnings per share using the if-converted method, rather than the treasury stock method. Further, contracts which can be settled in cash or shares, excluding liability-classified share-based payment awards, are to be included in diluted earnings per share on an if-converted basis if the effect is dilutive, regardless of whether the entity or the counterparty can choose between cash and share settlement. The share-settlement presumption may not be rebutted based on past experience or a stated policy.


This pronouncement iswas effective for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2021.2021.The Board specified that an entity should adopt the guidance at the beginning of its annual fiscal year. The Company plans to adoptadopted this pronouncement as of January 1, 2022. The use of either the modified retrospective or fully retrospective method of transition is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2020-06 did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidatedCompany’s financial statements.


In December 2019,March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 740) – Simplifying848): Facilitation of the Accounting for Income Taxes (“Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. This ASU 2019-12”). The objective of ASU 2019-12 is to simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing certainprovides temporary optional expedients and exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740guidance on contractmodifications and hedge accounting to provide more consistent applicationease the financial reporting burdens of the expected market transition from LIBOR and other interbank offered rates to improvealternative reference rates. The new guidance was effective upon issuance, and the comparabilityCompany has elected to apply the amendments prospectively through December 31, 2022. Borrowings under the Company’s Credit Agreement bear interest based on SOFR.

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance

In March 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2023-01, Leases (Topic 842): Common Control Arrangements, which requires companies to amortize leasehold improvements associated with related party leases under common control over the useful life of financial statements.the leasehold improvement to the common control group. The amendments in this ASU areis effective for fiscal yearsannual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2020, and2023; however, early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluatingThe ASU can either be applied prospectively or retrospectively. The adoption of ASU 2023-01 did not have a material effect on the impact this guidance may have on our consolidatedCompany’s financial statements and related footnote disclosures.statements.

3. Earnings Per Share

Subsequent Event
The computations of basic and diluted earnings are as follows.

  For the Year Ended 
 December 31, 2023  December 31, 2022  December 31, 2021 

        (In thousands, except per share data) 
Computation of earnings per share - USPH shareholders:            
Net income attributable to USPH shareholders $28,239  $32,158  $40,831 
Charges to retained earnings:            
Revaluation of redeemable non-controlling interest  (13,565)  (3,890)  (13,011)
Tax effect at statutory rate (federal and state)
  3,466   994   3,324 
  $18,140  $29,262  $31,144 
             
Earnings per share (basic and diluted) $1.28  $2.25  $2.41 
             
Shares used in computation:            
Basic and diluted earnings per share - weighted-average shares  14,188
   12,985
   12,898
 
On January 29, 2021, the Company, entered into the First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (hereafter referred to as “Amended Credit Agreement”) extending the maturity date from November 30, 2021 to November 30, 2025. The commitment under the Amended Credit Agreement remains at $125 million, however the accordion feature in the agreement was expanded to provide for capacity up to $150 million. See Note 9 for more information on the Amended Credit Agreement.

59
63

Table of Contents

3.4. Acquisitions of Businesses


During 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company acquired a majority interest in the following
The Company’s strategy is to continue acquiring multi-clinic outpatient physical therapy practices:

Acquisition Date 
% Interest
Acquired
 
Number of
Clinics
November 2020 Acquisition November 30, 2020 75% 3
September 2020 Acquisition September 30, 2020 70% *
February 2020 Acquisition February 27, 2020 65%**4
September 2019 Acquisition September 30, 2019 67% 11
August 2018 Acquisition August 31, 2018 70% 4

practices, to develop outpatient physical therapy clinics as satellites in existing partnerships and to continue acquiring companies that provide and serve the IIP sector.  The consideration paid for each acquisition is derived through arm’s length negotiations and funded through working capital, borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facilities or proceeds from the recently completed secondary offering discussed in Note 1.

*    The business includes 6 management and services contracts which had a remaining term of approximately five years as of the date acquired.

**   The 4 clinics are in 4 separate partnerships.  The Company's interest in the 4 partnerships range from 10.0% to 83.8%, with an overall 65.0% based on the initial purchase transaction.


On November 30, 2020, the Company acquired a 75% interest in a 3-clinic physical therapy practice. The purchase price for the 75% interest was $9.1 million, of which $8.8 million was paid in cash and $0.3 million in the form of a seller note that is payable in 2 principal installments totaling $162,500 each. The first principal payment plus accrued interest will be paid on November 2021 with the second installment to be paid in November 2022. The note accrues interest at 3.25% per annum.


On September 30, 2020, the Company acquired a 70% interest in an entity which holds 6-management contracts that have been in place for a number of years. Currently, these contracts have a five year term. The purchase price for the 70% interest was approximately $4.2 million, with $3.7 million payable in cash and $0.5 million in notes payable. One of the notes payable of $0.2 million is payable, with any accrued interest at 5% per annum, on September 30, 2021.  The remaining note of $0.3 million was paid in November 2020.


On February 27, 2020, the Company acquired interests in a 4-clinic physical therapy practice. The 4 clinics are operated in 4 separate partnerships.  The Company’s interests in the 4 partnerships range from 10.0% to 83.8%, with an overall 65.0% based on the initial purchase transaction. The aggregate purchase price was $12.3 million, of which $11.9 million was paid in cash and $0.3 million in the form of a seller note.  The note accrues interest at 4.75% per annum and the principal and interest is payable on February 2022.


The purchase price for the 2020 physical therapy operations acquisitions has been preliminarily allocated as follows (in thousands):

Cash paid, net of cash acquired ($500) $23,907 
Seller note  1,121 
Total consideration $25,028 
     
Estimated fair value of net tangible assets acquired:    
Total current assets $1,271 
Total non-current assets  134 
Total liabilities  (555)
Net tangible assets acquired $850 
Referral relationships  3,597 
Non-compete  1,012 
Tradename  2,326 
Goodwill  28,540 
Fair value of non-controlling interest (classified as redeemable non-controlling interests)  (11,297)
  $25,028 

60



On September 30, 2019, the Company acquired a 67% interest in an 11-clinic physical therapy practice. The purchase price for the 67% interest was $12.4 million ($12.6 million less cash acquired of $0.2 million), of which $12.3 million was paid in cash and $0.3 million in a seller note payable in 2 principal installments totaling $150,000 each, plus accrued interest. A payment of $150,000 plus accrued interest was paid in September 2020 and a second payment is due in September 2021. The note accrues interest at 5.0% per annum.


On April 11, 2019, the Company acquired a company that is a provider of industrial injury prevention services. The acquired company specializes in delivering injury prevention and care, post offer employment testing, functional capacity evaluations and return-to-work services. It performs these services across a network of 45 states including onsite at 11 client locations. The acquired business was then combined with Briotix Health, the Company’s industrial injury prevention operation, increasing the Company’s ownership position in the Briotix Health partnership to approximately 76.0%. The purchase price for the acquired company was $22.9 million ($23.6 million less cash acquired of $0.7 million), which consisted of $18.9 million in cash, (of which $0.5 million will be paid to certain shareholders), and a $4.0 million seller note. The note accrues interest at 5.5% and the principal and accrued interest is payable, on April 9, 2021.


The results of operations of the acquired clinics have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the date of their respective acquisition. The Company intends to continue to pursue additional acquisition opportunities, develop new clinics and open satellite clinics.


The purchase price for the 2019 acquisitions were allocated as follows (in thousands):

 IIPS*  Physical Therapy Operations  Total 
Cash paid, net of cash acquired ($890) $18,428  $12,170  $30,598 
Payable to shareholders of seller  485   0   485 
Seller note  4,000   300   4,300 
Total consideration $22,913  $12,470  $35,383 
             
Estimated fair value of net tangible assets acquired:            
Total current assets $1,641  $650  $2,291 
Total non-current assets  848   394   1,242 
Total liabilities  (2,978)  (191)  (3,169)
Net tangible assets acquired $(489) $853  $364 
Referral relationships  3,400   2,600   6,000 
Non-compete  250   270   520 
Tradename  1,300   740   2,040 
Goodwill  18,452   14,237   32,689 
Fair value of non-controlling interest (classified as redeemable non-controlling interests)  0   (6,230)  (6,230)
  $22,913  $12,470  $35,383 

* Industrial injury prevention services


On August 31, 2018, the Company acquired a 70% interest in a 4-clinic physical therapy practice. The purchase price for the 70% interest was $7.3 million in cash and $0.4 million in a seller note that was payable in 2 principal installments totaling $200,000 each, plus accrued interest. The first installment was paid in cash in August 2019 and the second installment was paid in August 2020.


On April 30, 2018, the Company acquired a 65% interest in another business in the industrial injury prevention sector. The aggregate purchase price for the 65% interest was $8.6 million in cash and $400,000 in a seller note that was paid on April 30, 2019. On April 30, 2018, the Company combined its 2 businesses. After the combination, the Company owned a 59.45% interest in the combined business, Briotix Health. See discussion above regarding an additional acquisition on April 11, 2019 in the industrial injury prevention business.


In addition, during 2018, the Company, through several of its majority owned Clinic Partnerships, acquired 5 separate clinic practices. These practices operate as satellites of the existing Clinic Partnership. The aggregate purchase price was $1.0 million inclusive of cash of $850,000 and a note payable of $150,000. The note accrued interest at 4.5% and the principal and accrued interest, was paid in cash on August 31, 2019.

61


The purchase price for the 2018 acquisitions were allocated as follows (in thousands):

Cash paid, net of cash acquired ($372) $16,367 
Seller note  950 
Total consideration $17,317 
     
Estimated fair value of net tangible assets acquired:    
Total current assets $1,633 
Total non-current assets  305 
Total liabilities  (525)
Net tangible assets acquired $1,413 
Referral relationships  2,926 
Non-compete  298 
Tradename  990 
Goodwill  19,835 
Fair value of non-controlling interest (classified as redeemable non-controlling interests)  (8,145)
  $17,317 


The finalized purchase prices plus the fair value of the non-controlling interests for the acquisitions in 20192022 and 20182021 were allocated to the fair value of the assets acquired, inclusive of identifiable intangible assets, i.e. trade names, referral relationships and non-compete agreements, and liabilities assumed based on the fair values at the acquisition date, with the amount exceeding the fair values being recorded as goodwill. For some of the acquisitions in 2020,2023, the Company is in the process of completing its formal valuation analysis to identify and determine the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. Thus, the final allocation of the purchase price may differ from the preliminary estimates used at December 31, 20202023 based on additional information obtained and completion of the valuation of the identifiable intangible assets. Changes in the estimated valuation of the tangible assets acquired, the completion of the valuation of identifiable intangible assets and the completion by the Company of the identification of any unrecorded pre-acquisition contingencies, where the liability is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, will likely result in adjustments to goodwill. The Company does not expect the adjustments to be material.


For the acquisitions in 2020, the values assigned to the referral relationships and non-compete agreements are being amortized to expense equally over the respective estimated lives. For referral relationships, the amortization period is 11.0 years. For non-compete agreements, the amortization period is 6.0 years. The values assigned to tradenames are tested annually for impairment.


For the acquisitions in 2019 and 2018, the values assigned to the referral relationships and non-compete agreements are being amortized to expense equally over the respective estimated lives. For referral relationships, the weighted average amortization period was 10.54 and 10.10 years at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. For non-compete agreements, the weighted average amortization period was 6.00 and 5.16 years at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. Generally, the values assigned to tradenames are tested annually for impairment.


For the 2020, 2019 and 2018 acquisitions, total current assets primarily represent patient accounts receivable. Total non-current assets are fixed assets, primarily equipment, used in the practices.


The consideration paid for each of the acquisitions was derived through arm’s length negotiations. Funding for the cash portions was derived from proceeds from the Company’s revolving credit facility. The results of operations of the acquisitions below have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since their respective date of acquisition. Unaudited proforma consolidated financial information for the acquisitions in 2020, 2019 and 2018 acquisitions have not been included, as the results, individually and in the aggregate.aggregate, were not material to current operations.

For the 2023, 2022 and 2021 acquisitions, total current assets primarily represent patient accounts receivable. Total non-current assets are fixed assets, primarily equipment, used in the practices.

During 2023, 2022 and 2021, the Company acquired a majority interest in the following businesses:

2023 Acquisitions

 
    % Interest  Number of 
Acquisition
 Date Acquired  Clinics 
October 2023 Acquisition
 October 31, 2023  **

  * 
September 2023 Acquisition1
 September 29, 2023  70%

  4 
September 2023 Acquisition2
 September 29, 2023  70%

  1 
July 2023 Acquisition
 July 31, 2023  70%

  7 
May 2023 Acquisition
 May 31, 2023  45%

  4 
February 2023 Acquisition
 February 28, 2023  80%

  1 

*IIP business
**On October 31, 2023, the Company concurrently acquired 100% of an IIP business and a 55% equity interest in the ergonomics software business (“October 2023 Acquisition”).
 
On October 31, 2023, the Company concurrently acquired 100% of an IIP business and a 55% equity interest in the ergonomics software business. The previous owner of the ergonomics software business retained a 45% equity interest. The total purchase price of the combined businesses was approximately $4.0 million and was paid in cash.

On September 29, 2023, the Company acquired a 70% equity interest in a four-clinic physical therapy practice. The owner of the practice retained 30% of the equity interests. The purchase price for the 70% equity interest was approximately $6.0 million, of which $5.4 million was paid in cash, and $0.6 million was in the form of a note payable. The note accrues interest at 5.0% per annum and the principal and interest are payable in two installments. The first payment of principal and interest of $0.3 million was paid in January 2024, and the second installment of $0.3 million is due on September 30, 2025.

In a separate transaction, on September 29, 2023, the Company acquired a 70% equity interest in a single clinic physical therapy practice. The owner of the practice retained 30% of the equity interests. The purchase price for the 70% equity interest was approximately $7.8 million, of which $7.4 million was paid in cash and $0.4 million is a deferred payment due on June 30, 2025.

On July 31, 2023, the Company acquired a 70% equity interest in a five-clinic practice. The practice’s owners retained a 30% equity interest. The purchase price for the 70% equity interest was approximately $2.1 million, of which $1.8 million was paid in cash and $0.3 million is a deferred payment due on June 30, 2025.

On May 31, 2023, the Company and a local partner together acquired a 75% interest in a four-clinic physical therapy practice. After the transaction, the Company’s ownership interest is 45%, the Company’s local partner’s ownership interest is 30%, and the practice’s pre-acquisition owners have a 25% ownership interest. The purchase price for the 75% equity interest was approximately $3.1 million, of which $1.7 million was paid in cash by the Company, $1.1 million was paid in cash by the local partner, and $0.3 million was in the form of a note payable, (of which $0.2 million will be paid by the Company and $0.1 million will be paid by the local partner). The note will be paid on July 1, 2024. The Company guaranteed the full payment of $0.3 million on its due date.

On February 28, 2023, the Company acquired an 80% interest in a one-clinic physical therapy practice. The practice’s owners retained 20% of the equity interests. The purchase price for the 80% equity interest was approximately $6.2 million, of which $5.8 million was paid in cash and $0.4 million in the form of a note payable. The note accrues interest at 4.5% per annum and the principal and interest are payable on February 28, 2025.

The purchase prices for the 2023 acquisitions have been preliminarily allocated as follows.

  For the Year Ended December 31, 2023 
     Physical Therapy    
  IIP  Operations  Total 
  (In thousands) 
Cash paid, net of cash acquired 
$
3,955
  
$
22,627
  
$
26,582
 
Seller note  
-
   
985
   
985
 
Deferred payments  
-
   
830
   
830
 
Contingent payments  
-
   
200
   
200
 
Total consideration 
$
3,955
  
$
24,642
  
$
28,597
 
             
Estimated fair value of net tangible assets acquired:            
Total current assets 
$
392
  
$
1,141
  
$
1,533
 
Total non-current assets  
335
   
3,149
   
3,484
 
Total liabilities  
(41
)
  
(3,163
)
  
(3,204
)
Net tangible assets acquired  
686
   
1,127
   
1,813
 
Customer and referral relationships  
757
   
6,819
   
7,576
 
Non-compete agreement  
37
   
329
   
366
 
Tradenames  
187
   
1,680
   
1,867
 
Goodwill  
2,562
   
25,521
   
28,083
 
Fair value of non-controlling interest (classified as redeemable non-controlling interest)
  
(274
)
  
(10,834
)
  
(11,108
)
  
$
3,955
  
$
24,642
  
$
28,597
 
 
Total current assets primarily represent accounts receivable while total non-current assets consist of fixed assets and equipment used in the practice.

For the acquisitions in 2023, the values assigned to the customer and referral relationships and non-compete agreement are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their respective estimated lives. For customer and referral relationships, the weighted-average amortization period is 12.0 years. For the non-compete agreements, the weighted-average amortization period is 5.1 years. The values assigned to tradenames are tested annually for impairment.

2022 Acquisitions

     % Interest  Number of 
Acquisition Date Acquired  Clinics 
November 2022 Acquisition November 30, 2022  80%
  13 
October 2022 Acquisition October 31, 2022  60%
  14 
September 2022 Acquisition September 30, 2022  80%
  2 
August 2022 Acquisition August 31, 2022  70%
  6 
March 2022 Acquisition March 31, 2022  70%
  6 
 
On November 30, 2022, the Company acquired an 80% interest in a thirteen-clinic physical therapy practice. The practice’s owners retained 20% of the equity interests. The purchase price for the 80% equity interest was approximately $25.0 million, of which $24.2 million was paid in cash and $0.8 million in the form of a note payable. The note accrues interest at 7.0% per annum and the principal and interest are payable on November 30, 2024. As part of the acquisition, the Company agreed to additional contingent consideration of up to $1.6 million if future operational objectives were met. The additional contingent consideration was valued at $1.6 million on December 31, 2023, and was paid in full in January 2024.

On October 31, 2022, the Company acquired a 60% interest in a fourteen-clinic physical therapy practice. The practice’s owners retained 40% of the equity interests. The purchase price for the 60% equity interest was approximately $19.5 million, with additional contingent consideration valued at $9.8 million on December 31, 2023, to be paid at a later date based on the performance of the business. There is no maximum payout. The estimate of this contingent consideration will continue to be marked at fair value based on the practice’s operational results and updated market inputs.

On September 30, 2022, the Company acquired an 80% interest in a two-clinic physical therapy practice. The practice’s owners retained 20% of the equity interests. The purchase price for the 80% equity interest was approximately $4.2 million, of which $3.9 million was paid in cash and $0.3 million in the form of a note payable. The note accrues interest at 5.5% per annum and the principal and interest are payable on September 30, 2024.

On August 31, 2022, the Company acquired a 70% interest in a six-clinic physical therapy practice. The practice’s owners retained 30% of the equity interests. The purchase price for the 70% equity interest was approximately $3.5 million, of which $3.3 million was paid in cash and $0.2 million in the form of a note payable. The note accrues interest at 5.5% per annum and the principal and interest are payable on August 31, 2024.

On March 31, 2022, the Company acquired a 70% interest in a six-clinic physical therapy practice. The practice’s owners retained 30% of the equity interests. The purchase price for the 70% equity interest was approximately $11.5 million, of which $11.2 million was paid in cash and $0.3 million in the form of a note payable. The note accrues interest at 3.5% per annum and the principal and interest are payable on March 31, 2024.

The purchase price for the 2022 acquisitions has been allocated as follows.

   Physical Therapy 
  
Operations
 
  (In thousands)
 
Cash paid, net of cash acquired 
$
59,788
 
Seller notes  
1,574
 
Contingent payments  
10,000
 
Total consideration 
$
71,362
 
Estimated fair value of net tangible assets acquired:    
Total current assets 
$
1,329
 
Total non-current assets  
7,798
 
Total liabilities  
(10,930
)
Net tangible assets acquired  
(1,803
)
Customer and referral relationships  
18,062
 
Non-compete agreements  
934
 
Tradenames  
5,445
 
Goodwill  
75,525
 
Fair value of non-controlling interest (classified as redeemable non-controlling interest)
  
(26,801
)
  
$
71,362
 
 
Total current assets primarily represent accounts receivable while total non-current assets consist of fixed assets and equipment used in the practice.

The purchase price plus the fair value of the non-controlling interests for the acquisitions in 2022 were allocated to the fair value of the assets acquired, inclusive of identifiable intangible assets, (i.e. trade names, referral relationships and non-compete agreements) and liabilities assumed based on the fair values at the acquisition date, with the amount exceeding the fair values being recorded as goodwill.

For the acquisitions in 2022, the values assigned to the customer and referral relationships and non-compete agreements are being amortized to expense equally over the respective estimated lives. For customer and referral relationships, the weighted-average amortization period is 12.2 years. For non-compete agreements, the weighted-average amortization period is 5.0 years. The values assigned to tradenames are tested annually for impairment.

2021 Acquisitions
62
     % Interest
  Number of 
 Acquisition  Date Acquired  Clinics
 
December 2021 Acquisition December 31, 2021  75%
  3 
November 2021 Acquisition November 30, 2021  70%
  * 
September 2021 Acquisition September 30, 2021  100%
  * 
June 2021 Acquisition June 30, 2021  65%
  8 
March 2021 Acquisition March 31, 2021  70%
  6 

*IIP business

On December 31, 2021, the Company acquired a 75% interest in three-clinic physical therapy practice with the practice founder retaining 25%. The purchase price for the 75% interest was approximately $3.7 million, of which $3.5 million was paid in cash and $0.2 million in the form of a note payable. The note accrued interest at 3.25% per annum and the principal and interest was paid on December 31, 2023.

On November 30, 2021, the Company acquired an approximate 70% interest in a leading provider of industrial injury prevention services (“IIP Acquisition”). In each case, the previous owners retained the remaining interest. The purchase price for the approximate 70% equity interest, not inclusive of a contingent payment up to $2.0 million, was approximately $63.2 million of which $60.7 million was paid in cash and $1.0 million in the form of a note payable. The note accrues interest at 3.25% per annum and the principal and interest is payable on November 30, 2023. As part of the transaction, the Company also agreed to the potential future purchase of a separate company under the same ownership that provides physical therapy and rehabilitation services to hospitals and other ancillary providers in a distinct market area. The current owners have the right to put this transaction to the Company in approximately five years, with such right having a $1.2 million value on December 31, 2023, as reflected on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet in Other long-term liabilities. The value of this right will be adjusted in future periods, as appropriate, with any change in value reflected in the Company’s consolidated statement of income. The Company does not currently possess more than 50% of the controlling interests in this separate company, does not control this company through contract or governance rights and currently does not exercise significant influence over this separate company. Due to the aforementioned reasons, and based on current accounting guidance, the Company did not consolidate the separate company through the variable interest or voting interest model. The Company revalued the contingent earn-out consideration related to the acquisition during the year ended December 31, 2022, resulting in a gain of $2.0 million and the reduction of the liability to $0.

On September 30, 2021, the Company acquired a company that specializes in return-to-work and ergonomic services, among other offerings. The Company acquired the company’s assets at a purchase price of approximately $3.3 million (which includes the obligation to pay an amount up to $0.6 million in contingent payment consideration in conjunction with the acquisition if specified future operational objectives are met), and contributed those assets to Briotix Health. The initial purchase price, not inclusive of the $0.6 million contingent payment, was approximately $2.7 million, of which $2.4 million was paid in cash, and $0.3 million is in the form of a note payable. The note accrued interest at 3.25% per annum and the principal and interest was paid in September 2023. The Company revalued the contingent earn-out consideration related to the acquisition during the year ended December 31, 2022, resulting in the elimination of the $0.6 million liability previously booked to $0.


On June 30, 2021, the Company acquired a 65% interest in an eight-clinic physical therapy with the previous owners retaining 35%. The purchase price was approximately $10.3 million, of which $9.0 million was paid in cash, $1.0 million is payable based on the achievement of certain business criteria and $0.3 million is in the form of a note payable. The note accrued interest at 3.25% per annum and the principal and interest and was paid in June 2023. Additionally, the Company has an obligation to pay an additional amount up to $0.8 million in contingent payment consideration in conjunction with the acquisition if specified future operational objectives are met. The Company recorded acquisition-date fair value of this contingent liability based on the likelihood of the contingent earn-out payment. The earn-out payment valued at $0.8 million on December 31, 2023, will subsequently be remeasured to fair value each reporting date.

On March 31, 2021, the Company acquired a 70% interest in a five-clinic physical therapy practice with the previous owners retaining 30%. When acquired, the practice was developing a sixth clinic which has been completed. The purchase price for the 70% interest was approximately $12.0 million, of which $11.7 million was paid in cash and $0.3 million in the form of a note payable. The note accrued interest at 3.25% per annum and the principal and interest was paid in March 2023.


The purchase price for the 2021 acquisitions has been allocated as follows.

     Physical Therapy
  
 
  IIP  Operations  Total 
   (In thousands)   (In thousands)  (In thousands)
 
Cash paid, net of cash acquired
 $63,193  $23,630  $86,823 
Seller notes
  1,250   800   2,050 
Contingent payments  2,520   837   3,357 
Other payable
  -   1,000   1,000 
Seller put right
  3,522   -   3,522 
Total consideration $70,485  $26,267  $96,752 
             
Estimated fair value of net tangible assets acquired:            
Total current assets $5,588  $1,885  $7,473 
Total non-current assets  12,620   7,014   19,634 
Total liabilities  (4,842)  (8,313)  (13,155)
Net tangible assets acquired 
13,366  
586  
13,952 
Customer and referral relationships  21,127   7,969   29,096 
Non-compete agreements
  500   415   915 
Tradenames  5,141   2,144   7,285 
Goodwill  58,257   27,109   85,366 
Fair value of non-controlling interest (classified as redeemable non-controlling interest)  (27,906)  (11,956)  (39,862)
  $70,485  $26,267  $96,752 

5. Acquisitions and Sale of Non-Controlling Interests


During 2020,2023, the Company acquired additional interests in 5three partnerships which are included in non-controlling interests - permanent equity. The additional interests purchased in each of the partnerships ranged from 0.15% to 35.0%. The aggregated purchase price for these acquired interests was $0.5 million. The Company also sold interests in four partnerships for an aggregate price of $0.6 million. The non-controlling interests - permanent equity sold in each of the partnerships ranged from 0.5% to 8.0%.

During 2022, the Company acquired additional interests in three partnerships which are included in non-controlling interest. The additional interests purchased in each of the partnerships ranged from 20%10% to 35%. The aggregated purchase price for these acquired interests was $0.3 million.$0.3 million. The Company sold an interest in a partnership for $0.1 million.


Also during 2020, the Company sold 14 previously closed clinics. The aggregate sales price was $1.1 million, of which $0.7 million was paid in cash and $0.4 million in a note receivable, payable in 2 equal installments of principal and any accrued interest on June 15,2021 and 2022.


During 2019,2021, the Company acquired additional interests in 4five partnerships which are included in non-controlling interest. The additional interests purchased in each of the partnerships ranged from 1%5% to 20%35%. Also in 2019, theThe aggregated purchase price for these acquired interests was $1.3 million. The Company also sold a 1%an interest in a partnership. The net after-tax difference between the payments and the portion of undistributed earnings of $196,000 was credited to additional paid-in capital.partnership for $0.1 million.

5.
6. Redeemable Non-Controlling Interest

Physical Therapy Practice Acquisitions
Since October 2017, when
When the Company acquires a majority interest (the “Acquisition”) in a physical therapy clinic business (referred to as “Therapy Practice”), these AcquisitionsTherapy Practice transactions occur in a series of steps which are described below.

1.Prior to the Acquisition, the Therapy Practice exists as a separate legal entity (the “Seller Entity”). The Seller Entity is owned by one or more individuals (the “Selling Shareholders”) most of whom are physical therapists that work in the Acquired Therapy Practice and provide physical therapy services to patients.

2.In conjunction with the Acquisition, the Seller Entity contributes the acquired Therapy Practice into a newly-formed limited partnership (“NewCo”), in exchange for one hundred percent (100%) of the limited and general partnership interests in NewCo. Therefore, in this step, NewCo becomes a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Seller Entity.


3.
The Company enters into an agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) to acquire from the Seller Entity a majority (ranges from  50% to 90%) of the limited partnership interest and in all cases 100% of the general partnership interest in NewCo.NewCo. The Company does not purchase 100% of the limited partnership interest because the Selling Shareholders, through the Seller Entity, want to maintain an ownership percentage. The consideration for the Acquisition is primarily payable in the form of cash at closing and a small two-year note in lieu of an escrow (the “Purchase Price”). The Purchase Agreement usually does not contain any future earn-out or other contingent consideration that is payable to the Seller Entity or the Selling Shareholders.

4.The Company and the Seller Entity also execute a partnership agreement (the “Partnership Agreement”) for NewCo that sets forth the rights and obligations of the limited and general partners of NewCo. After the Acquisition, the Company is the general partner of NewCo.

5.As noted above, the Company does not purchase 100% of the limited partnership interests in NewCo and the Seller Entity retains a portion of the limited partnership interest in NewCo (“Seller Entity Interest”).

6.
In most cases, some or all of the Selling Shareholders enter into an employment agreement (the “Employment Agreement”) with NewCo with an initial term that ranges from three to five years (the “Employment Term”), with automatic one-year renewals, unless employment is terminated prior to the end of the Employment Term. As a result, a Selling Shareholder becomes an employee (“Employed Selling Shareholder”) of NewCo. The employment of an Employed Selling Shareholder can be terminated by the Employed Selling Shareholder or NewCo, with or without cause, at any time. In a few situations, a Selling Shareholder does not become employed by NewCo and is not involved with NewCo following the closing; in those situations, such Selling Shareholders sell their entire ownership interest in the Seller Entity as of the closing of the Acquisition.

7.The compensation of each Employed Selling Shareholder is specified in the Employment Agreement and is customary and commensurate with his or her responsibilities based on other employees in similar capacities within NewCo, the Company and the industry.

8.The Company and the Selling Shareholder (including both Employed Selling Shareholders and Selling Shareholders not employed by NewCo) execute a non-compete agreement (the “Non-Compete Agreement”) which restricts the Selling Shareholder from engaging in competing businessTherapy Practice activities for a specified period of time (the “Non-Compete Term”). A Non-Compete Agreement is executed with the Selling Shareholders in all cases. That is, even if the Selling Shareholder does not become an Employed Selling Shareholder, the Selling Shareholder is restricted from engaging in a competing businessTherapy Practice during the Non-Compete Term.

9.
The Non-Compete Term commences as of the date of the Acquisition and expires on the laterof:

a.Two years after the date an Employed Selling Shareholders’ employment is terminated (if the Selling Shareholder becomes an Employed Selling Shareholder) or

b.
Five to six years from the date of the Acquisition, as defined in the Non-Compete Agreement, regardless of whether the Selling Shareholder is employed by NewCo.

10.
The Non-Compete Agreement applies to a restricted region which is defined as a 15-milemileage radius from the Acquired Therapy Practice. That is, an Employed Selling Shareholder is permitted to engage in competing businessesTherapy Practices or activities outside the 15-mile radiusdesignated geography (after such Employed Selling Shareholder no longer is employed by NewCo) and a Selling Shareholder who is not employed by NewCo immediately is permitted to engage in the competing businessTherapy Practice or activities outside the 15-mile radius.designated geography.

The Partnership Agreement contains provisions for the redemption of the Seller Entity Interest, either at the option of the Company (the “Call Right”) or at the option of the Seller Entity (the “Put Right”) as follows:

63



The Partnership Agreement contains provisions for the redemption of the Seller Entity Interest, either at the option of the Company (the “Call Right”) or at the option of the Seller Entity (the “Put Right”) as follows:

1.Put Right

a.In the event that any Selling Shareholder’s employment is terminated under certain circumstances prior to the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, the Seller Entity thereafter may have an irrevocable right to cause the Company to purchase from Seller Entity the Terminated Selling Shareholder’s Allocable Percentage of Seller Entity’s Interest at the purchase price described in “3” below.

b.
In the event that any Selling Shareholder is not employed by NewCo as of the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date and the Company has not exercised its Call Right with respect to the Terminated Selling Shareholder’s Allocable Percentage of Seller Entity’s Interest, Seller Entity thereafter shall havehas the Put Right to cause the Company to purchase from Seller Entity the Terminated Selling Shareholder’s Allocable Percentage of Seller Entity’s Interest at the purchase price described in “3” below.


c.In the event that any Selling Shareholder’s employment with NewCo is terminated for any reason on or after the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, the Seller Entity shall havehas the Put Right, and upon the exercise of the Put Right, the Terminated Selling Shareholder’s Allocable Percentage of Seller Entity’s Interest shall be redeemed by the Company at the purchase price described in “3” below.

2.Call Right

a.
If any Selling Shareholder’s employment by NewCo is terminated prior to the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, the Company thereafter shall havehas an irrevocable right to purchase from Seller Entity the Terminated Selling Shareholder’s Allocable Percentage of Seller Entity’s Interest, in each case at the purchase price described in “3” below.


b.In the event that any Selling Shareholder’s employment with NewCo is terminated for any reason on or after the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, the Company shall havehas the Call Right, and upon the exercise of the Call Right, the Terminated Selling Shareholder’s Allocable Percentage of Seller Entity’s Interest shall be redeemed by the Company at the purchase price described in “3” below.

3.For the Put Right and the Call Right, the purchase price is derived from a formula based on a specified multiple of NewCo’s trailing twelve months of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, and the Company’s internal management fee, plus an Allocable Percentage of any undistributed earnings of NewCo (the “Redemption Amount”). NewCo’s earnings are distributed monthly based on available cash within NewCo; therefore, the undistributed earnings amount is small, if any.

4.The Purchase Price for the initial equity interest purchased by the Company is also based on the same specified multiple of the trailing twelve-month earnings that is used in the Put Right and the Call Right noted above.

5.The Put Right and the Call Right do not have an expiration date, but the Seller Entity Interest is not required to be purchased by the Company or sold by the Seller Entity.date.

6.
The Put Right and the Call Right never apply to Selling Shareholders who do not become employed by NewCo, since the Company requires that such Selling Shareholders sell their entire ownership interest in the Seller Entity at the closing of the Acquisition.


An Employed Selling Shareholder’s ownership of his or her equity interest in the Seller Entity predates the Acquisition and the Company’s purchase of its partnership interest in NewCo. The Employment Agreement and the Non-Compete Agreement do not contain any provision to escrow or “claw back” the equity interest in the Seller Entity held by such Employed Selling Shareholder, nor the Seller Entity Interest in NewCo, in the event of a breach of the employment or non-compete terms. More specifically, even if the Employed Selling Shareholder is terminated for “cause” by NewCo, such Employed Selling Shareholder does not forfeit his or her right to his or her full equity interest in the Seller Entity and the Seller Entity does not forfeit its right to any portion of the Seller Entity Interest. The Company’s only recourse against the Employed Selling Shareholder for breach of either the Employment Agreement or the Non-Compete Agreement is to seek damages and other legal remedies under such agreements. There are no conditions in any of the arrangements with an Employed Selling Shareholder that would result in a forfeiture of the equity interest held in the Seller Entity or of the Seller Entity Interest.

71

Table of Contents
ProgressiveHealth Acquisition

On November 30, 2021, the Company acquired a majority interest in ProgressiveHealth Companies, LLC (“Progressive”), which owns a majority interest in certain subsidiaries (“Progressive Subsidiaries”) that operate in the industrial injury prevention and therapy services businesses.  The Progressive transaction was completed in a series of steps which are described below.


1.Prior to the acquisition, the Progressive Subsidiaries were owned by a legal entity (“Progressive Parent”) controlled by its individual owners (the “Progressive Selling Shareholders”), who work in and manage the Progressive business.


2.In conjunction with the acquisition, the Progressive Selling Shareholders caused the Progressive Parent to transfer its ownership of the Progressive Subsidiaries into a newly-formed limited liability company (“Progressive NewCo”), in exchange for one hundred percent (100%) of the membership interests in Progressive NewCo. Therefore, in this step, Progressive NewCo became wholly-owned by the Progressive Selling Shareholders.


3.The Company entered into an agreement (the “Progressive Purchase Agreement”) to acquire from the Progressive Selling Shareholders a majority of the membership interest in Progressive NewCo. The consideration for the acquisition is primarily payable in the form of cash at closing, a relatively small portion paid in cash after the closing contingent on certain performance criteria, and a small note in lieu of an escrow (the “Progressive Purchase Price”).


4.The Company and the Progressive Selling Shareholders also executed an operating agreement (the “Progressive Operating Agreement”) for Progressive NewCo that sets forth the rights and obligations of the members of Progressive NewCo.


5.As noted above, the Company did not purchase 100% of the membership interests in Progressive NewCo and the Progressive Selling Shareholders retained a portion of the membership interest in Progressive NewCo (“Progressive Selling Shareholders’ Interest”).


6.The Company and the Progressive Selling Shareholders executed a non-compete agreement (the “Progressive Non-Compete Agreement”) which restricts the Progressive Selling Shareholders from competing for a specified period of time (the “Progressive Non-Compete Term”).


7.
The Progressive Non-Compete Term commences as of the date of the closing of the Progressive acquisition (the “Progressive Closing Date”) and expires on the later of:


a.Two years after the date a Progressive Selling Shareholder no longer is involved in the management of Progressive NewCo or


b.Seven years from the date of the acquisition.


8.The Progressive Non-Compete Agreement applies to the entire United States.


9.The Progressive Put Right (as defined below) and the Progressive Call Right (as defined below) do not have an  expiration date. The Progressive Operating Agreement contains provisions for the redemption of the Progressive Selling Shareholder’s Interest, either at the option of the Company (the “Progressive Call Right”) or at the option of the Progressive Selling Shareholder (the “Progressive Put Right”) as follows:

1.Progressive Put Right


a.
Each of the Progressive Selling Shareholders has the right to sell 30% of their respective residual interests on each of the 4th and 5th anniversaries of the Progressive Closing Date, and then 10% on each of the 6th and 7th anniversaries


b.In the event that any Progressive Selling Shareholder terminates his management relationship with Progressive NewCo for any reason on or after the seventh anniversary of the Closing Date, the Progressive Selling Shareholder has the Progressive Put Right, and upon the exercise of the Progressive Put Right, the Progressive Selling Shareholder’s Interest shall be redeemed by the Company at the purchase price described in “3” below.


2.Progressive Call Right


a.If any Progressive Selling Shareholder’s ceases to perform management services on behalf of Progressive NewCo, the Company thereafter shall have an irrevocable right to purchase from such Progressive Selling Shareholder his Interest, in each case at the purchase price described in “3” below.


3.For the Progressive Put Right and the Progressive Call Right, the purchase price is derived from a formula based on a specified multiple of Progressive NewCo’s trailing twelve months of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, and the Company’s internal management fee, plus an Allocable Percentage of any undistributed earnings of Progressive NewCo (the “Progressive Redemption Amount”). Progressive NewCo’s earnings are distributed monthly based on available cash within Progressive NewCo; therefore, the undistributed earnings amount is small, if any.


4.The Progressive Purchase Price for the initial equity interest purchased by the Company is also based on the same specified multiple of the trailing twelve-month earnings that is used in the Progressive Put Right and the Progressive Call Right noted above.


5.The Progressive Put Right and the Progressive Call Right do not have an expiration date.

Neither the Progressive Operating Agreement nor the Progressive Non-Compete Agreement contain any provision to escrow or “claw back” the equity interest in Progressive NewCo held by the Progressive Selling Shareholders, in the event of a breach of the operating agreement or non-compete terms, or the management services agreement pursuant to which the Progressive Selling Shareholders perform services on behalf of Progressive NewCo. The Company’s only recourse against the Progressive Selling Shareholder for breach of any of these agreements is to seek damages and other legal remedies under such agreements. There are no conditions in any of the arrangements with a Progressive Selling Shareholder that would result in a forfeiture of the equity interest in Progressive NewCo held by a Progressive Selling Shareholder.


For both scenarios described above, an employed Progressive Selling Shareholder’s ownership of his or her equity interest in the Seller Entity predates the Progressive Acquisition and the Company’s purchase of its partnership interest in  NewCo. The Employment Agreement and the  Non-Compete Agreement do not contain any provision to escrow or “claw back” the equity interest in the Seller Entity held by such Employed Selling Shareholder, nor the Seller Entity Interest in NewCo, in the event of a breach of the employment or non-compete terms. More specifically, even if the Employed Selling Shareholder is terminated for “cause” by NewCo, such Employed Selling Shareholder does not forfeit his or her right to his or her full equity interest in the Seller Entity and the Seller Entity does not forfeit its right to any portion of the Seller Entity Interest. The Company’s only recourse against the Employed Selling Shareholder for breach of either the Employment Agreement or the Non-Compete Agreement is to seek damages and other legal remedies under such agreements. There are no conditions in any of the arrangements with an Employed Selling Shareholder that would result in a forfeiture of the equity interest held in the Seller Entity or of the Seller Entity Interest.

Carrying Amounts of Redeemable Non-Controlling Interests

For the yearyears ended December 31, 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 2018,2021, the following table details the changes in the carrying amount (fair value) of the redeemable non-controlling interests (in thousands):interests.

For the Year Ended 
 Year Ended  December 31, 2023  December 31, 2022  
  December 31, 2021
 
 December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019  December 31, 2018  (In thousands) 
Beginning balance $137,750  $133,943  $102,572  $167,515  $155,262  $132,340 
Operating results allocated to redeemable non-controlling interest partners  11,175   10,659   8,433 
Net income allocated to redeemable non-controlling interest
  4,426   6,902   11,358 
Distributions to redeemable non-controlling interest partners  (12,403)  (10,221)  (9,835)  (11,533)  (10,102)  (11,359)
Changes in the fair value of redeemable non-controlling interest  4,632   11,893   24,770   13,565   3,862   13,011 
Purchases of redeemable non-controlling interest  (20,521)  (8,934)  8,145   (12,073)  (16,061)  (30,204)
Acquired interest  11,297   6,230   0   11,007   26,746   39,862 
Reduction of non-controlling interest due to sale of USPH partnership interest  0   (6,132)  0 
Sales of redeemable non-controlling interest - temporary equity  1,133   3,120   0 
Notes receivable related to sales of redeemable non-controlling interest - temporary equity  (1,006)  (2,870)  (142)
Adjustments in notes receivable related to the the sales of redeemable non-controlling interest - temporary equity  283   0   0 
Other  0   62   0 
Contributed capital  -   231   - 
Sales of redeemable non-controlling interest
  5,012   1,982   982 
Changes in notes receivable related to redeemable non-controlling interest
  (3,091)  (1,901)  (914)
Adjustments in notes receivables related to the sales of redeemable non-controlling interest
  -   594   186 
Ending balance $132,340  $137,750  $133,943  $174,828  $167,515  $155,262 


The following table categorizes the carrying amount (fair value) of the redeemable non-controlling interests (in thousands):interests.

 December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019  December 31, 2018 
Contractual time period has lapsed but holder's employment has not been terminated $62,390  $51,921  $42,624 
Contractual time period has not lapsed and holder's employment has not been terminated  69,950   85,829   91,319 
Holder's employment has terminated and contractual time period has expired  0   0   0 
Holder's employment has terminated and contractual time period has not expired  0   0   0 
  $132,340  $137,750  $133,943 
  As of the Year Ended 
 December 31, 2023  December 31, 2022  
   December 31, 2021
 
  (In thousands) 
Contractual time period has lapsed but holder’s employment has not terminated $96,876  $75,688  $80,781 
Contractual time period has not lapsed and holder’s employment has not terminated  77,952   91,827   74,481 
Holder’s employment has terminated and contractual time period has expired  -   -   - 
Holder’s employment has terminated and contractual time period has not expired  -   -   - 
  $174,828  $167,515  $155,262 


6.7. Goodwill


The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 consisted of the following (in thousands):following.

 
Year Ended
December 31, 2020
  
Year Ended
December 31, 2019
 
       
Beginning balance $317,676  $293,525 
Goodwill acquired  28,540   31,330 
Goodwill related to partnership interest sold  0   (7,325)
Goodwill derecognition (write-off) related to closed clinics  (1,859)  0 
Goodwill adjustments for purchase price allocation of businesses acquired in prior year  1,289   146 
Ending balance $345,646  $317,676 
 For the Year Ended 
  December 31, 2023  December 31, 2022 
  (In thousands) 
Beginning balance $494,101  $434,679 
Acquisitions
  28,083   72,674 
Adjustments for purchase price allocation of businesses acquired in prior year
  3,187  (4,140)
Impairment of goodwill  (15,800)  (9,112)
Ending balance $509,571  $494,101 

During the years ended December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, the Company recorded a charge for goodwill impairment of $15.8 million and $9.1 million respectively, related to an IIP Acquisition. The impairment is related to a change in an IIP subsidiary’s current and projected operating income as well as various market inputs based on current market conditions.
7.

8. Intangible Assets, net


IntangibleThe Company’s intangible assets, net, as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 consisted of the following (in thousands):
following.
 December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
Tradenames $32,317  $32,049 
Referral relationships, net of accumulated amortization of $14,522 and $11,677, respectively  22,119   18,367 
Non-compete agreements, net of accumulated amortization of $5,993 and $5,424, respectively  1,844   2,172 
  $56,280  $52,588 



  As of the Year Ended 
  December 31, 2023  December 31, 2022 
  
Gross
Amount
  
Accumulated
Amortization
  
Net Carrying
Amount
  
Gross
Amount
  
Accumulated
Amortization
  
Net Carrying
Amount
 
  (In thousands) 
Customer and referral relationships $93,658  $(30,414) $63,244  $86,974  $(23,736) $63,238 
Tradenames  44,573   -   44,573   43,373   -   43,373 
Non-compete agreements  9,459   (7,594)  1,865   9,143   (6,999)  2,144 
  $147,690  $(38,008) $109,682  $139,490  $(30,735) $108,755 
Tradenames, customer and referral relationships and non-compete agreements are related to the businesses acquired. The value assigned to tradenames has an indefinite life and is tested at least annually for impairment using the relief from royalty method in conjunction with the Company’s annual goodwill impairment test. The value assigned to customer and referral relationships is being amortized over their respective estimated useful lives which range from 6 to 1614 years. Non-compete agreements are amortized over the respective term of the agreements which range from 5 to 6 years. The weighted average amortization period for customer and referral relationships was 12.7 years for the year ended December 31, 2023 and 12.9 years for the year ended December 31, 2022. The weighted average amortization period for non-compete agreements was 5.6 years for the years ended December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recognized a charge of $1.7 million related to the impairment of a tradename related to an IIP acquisition.


The following table details the amount of amortization expense recorded for intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):

 
Year Ended
December 31, 2020
  
Year Ended
December 31, 2019
  
Year Ended
December 31, 2018
 
Referral relationships $2,845  $2,307  $2,161 
Non-compete agreements  569   708   616 
  $3,414  $3,015  $2,777 
periods presented.

For 1 acquisition, the value assigned to tradename was being amortized over the term of the six year agreement in which the Company had acquired the right to use the specific tradename.

  For the Year Ended 
 December 31, 2023  December 31, 2022  December 31, 2021 
  (In thousands) 
Customer and referral relationships $6,678  $5,974  $3,240 
Non-compete agreements  595   549   458 
  $7,273  $6,523  $3,698 

The remaining balances of the customer and referral relationships and non-compete agreements isare expected to be amortized as follows (in thousands):follows.


Referral Relationships Non-Compete Agreements 
Years Annual Amount Years Annual Amount 
Ending December 31,   Ending December 31,   
2021$2,946 2021$556 
2022$2,886 2022$403 
2023$2,778 2023$335 
2024$2,615 2024$279 
2025$2,470 2025$212 
Thereafter$8,424 Thereafter$59 
For the Year Ended December 31, 
Customer and
Referral Relationships
  
Non-Compete
Agreements
 
  (In thousands) 
2024 $6,967  $599 
2025  6,823   533 
2026  6,356   393 
2027  6,192   232 
2028  5,923   102 
Thereafter $30,983  $6 

9. Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consisted of the following.

  As of the Year Ended
 
 December 31, 2023  December 31, 2022 
  (In thousands)
 
Salaries and related costs $25,641  $22,912 
Credit balances due to patients and payors  8,847   8,094 
Group health insurance claims  2,301   1,666 
Federal income taxes payable  1,006   - 
Contingency payable
  12,285   620 
Other property taxes payable
  355   277 
Interest payable
  235   273 
Closure costs
  231   243 
Other  4,443   3,328 

 $55,344  $37,413 

10. Borrowings

Amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement (as defined above) and notes payable consisted of the following.


  As of the Year Ended
 
  December 31, 2023
  December 31, 2022
 
  
Principal
Amount
  
Unamortized Debt
Issuance Cost
  Net Debt  
Principal
Amount
  
Unamortized Debt
Issuance Cost
  Net Debt 
  (In thousands) 
Term Facility
 $144,375  $(1,468) $142,907  $148,125  $(1,861) $146,264 
Revolving Facilitiy
  -   -   -   31,000   -   31,000 
Other (1)
  3,775   -   3,775   6,430   -   6,430 
Total debt
 
148,150  
(1,468) 
146,682  
185,555  
(1,861) 
183,694 
Less: Current portion of long-term debt  8,111   (420)  7,691   8,271   (408)  7,863 
Long-term debt, net of current portion
 $140,039  $(1,048) $138,991  $177,284  $(1,453) $175,831 




8. Accrued Expenses


Accrued expenses as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 consisted ofOther Long-Term Liabilities in the following (in thousands):

 December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
Salaries and related costs $24,646  $19,340 
Credit balances due to patients and payors  5,756   4,303 
Group health insurance claims  2,113   2,277 
Closure costs  1,333   116 
Federal income taxes payable  5,715   0 
MAAPP funds payable  14,054   0 
Deferred employer payroll taxes - CARES ACT  4,170   0 
Other  1,959   4,819 
Total $59,746  $30,855 

9. Notes Payable


Notes payable as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
Credit Agreement average effective interest rate of 2.6% and 3.9% in 2020 and 2019, respectively (inclusive of unused fee) $16,000  $46,000 
Various notes payable with $4,899 plus accrued interest due in the next year, interest accrues in the range of 3.25% through 5.50% per annum  5,495   5,089 
  $21,495  $51,089 
Less current portion  (4,899)  (728)
Long term portion $16,596  $50,361 
Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Effective December 5, 2013, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with a commitment for a $125.0 million revolving credit facility. This agreement was amended and/or restated in August 2015, January 2016, March 2017, and November 2017, and January 2021 (hereafter referred to as “Amended Credit Agreement”). The2021.  On June 17, 2022, the Company entered into the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement is unsecured(the “Credit Agreement”) among Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (“Administrative Agent”) and has loan covenants, including requirements that the Company comply with a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio and consolidated leverage ratio. Proceedslenders from the Amendedtime-to-time party thereto.

The Credit Agreement, may be usedwhich matures on June 17, 2027, provides for working capital, acquisitions, purchases of the Company’s common stock, dividend payments to the Company’s common stockholders, capital expenditures and other corporate purposes. The pricing grid which is based on the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio with the applicable spread over LIBOR ranging from 1.25% to 2.0% or the applicable spread over the Base Rate ranging from 0.1% to 1%. Fees under the Amended Credit Agreement includeloans in an unused commitment fee of 0.3% of theaggregate principal amount of funds outstanding under$325 million. Such loans were made available through the Amendedfollowing facilities (collectively, the “Senior Credit Agreement.Facilities”):


1)Revolving Facility: $175 million, five-year, revolving credit facility (“Revolving Facility”), which includes a $12 million sublimit for the issuance of standby letters of credit and a $15 million sublimit for swingline loans (each, a “Swingline Loan”).



2)
Term Facility: $150 million term loan facility (the “Term Facility”). The Term Facility amortizes in quarterly installments of: (a) 0.625% in each of the firsttwo years, (b) 1.250% in the third and fourth year, and (c) 1.875% in the fifth year of the Credit Agreement. The remaining outstanding principal balance of all term loans is due on the maturity date.

The Amended Credit Agreement allowsproceeds of the cash and noncash consideration thatRevolving Facility shall be used by the Company could pay with respectfor working capital and other general corporate purposes of the Company and its subsidiaries, including to fund future acquisitions permittedand invest in growth opportunities. The proceeds of the Term Facility were used by the Company to refinance the indebtedness outstanding under the Amended Credit Agreement, to $50,000,000pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the transactions involving the loan facilities, for any fiscal year,working capital and the amountother general corporate purposes of the Company may pay in cash dividendsand its subsidiaries.

The Company is permitted to its shareholdersincrease the Revolving Facility and/or add one or more tranches of term loans in an aggregate amount not to exceed $the sum of (i) $100 million plus 50,000,000 in any fiscal year. The commitment remains at $125 million(ii) an unlimited additional amount, provided that (in the case of clause (ii)), howeverafter giving effect to such increases, the accordion featurepro forma Consolidated Leverage Ratio (as defined in the agreement was expandedCredit Agreement) would not exceed 2.0:1.0, and the aggregate amount of all incremental increases under the Revolving Facility does not exceed $50,000,000.

The interest rates per annum applicable to providethe Senior Credit Facilities (other than in respect of Swingline Loans) will be Term SOFR (as defined in the Credit Agreement) plus an applicable margin or, at the option of the Company, an alternate base rate plus an applicable margin. Each Swingline Loan shall bear interest at the base rate plus the applicable margin. The applicable margin for capacity upTerm SOFR borrowings ranges from 1.50% to $150 million2.25%, and has a maturitythe applicable margin for alternate base rate borrowings ranges from 0.50% to 1.25%, in each case, based on the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Company and its subsidiaries. Interest is payable at the end of the selected interest period but no less frequently than quarterly and on the date of November 30, 2025.maturity.

The AmendedCompany is also required to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each lender under the Revolving Facility, a commitment fee equal to the actual daily excess of each lender’s commitment over its outstanding credit exposure under the Revolving Facility (“unused fee”). Such unused fee will range between 0.25% and 0.35% per annum and is also based on the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company may prepay and/or repay the revolving loans and the term loans, and/or terminate the revolving loan commitments, in whole or in part, at any time without premium or penalty, subject to certain conditions.

The Credit Agreement is unsecuredcontains customary covenants limiting, among other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, the creation of liens, mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions, sales of assets, dividends and other payments in respect of equity interests, acquisitions, investments, loans and guarantees, subject, in each case, to customary exceptions, thresholds and baskets. The Credit Agreement includes certain financial covenants which include a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratiothe Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, and a consolidated leverage ratio,the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, as defined in the agreement.Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement also contains customary events of default.


The Company’s obligations under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by its wholly-owned material domestic subsidiaries (each, a “Guarantor”), and the obligations of the Company and any Guarantors are secured by a perfected first priority security interest in substantially all of the existing and future personal property of the Company and each Guarantor, subject to certain exceptions.

OnAs of December 31, 2020, $16.02023, $144.4 million was outstanding on the Amended Credit AgreementTerm Facility while none was outstanding under the Revolving Facility resulting in $109.0$175.0 million of credit availability. As of December 31, 2020,2023, the Company was in compliance with all of the covenants thereunder.contained in the Credit Agreement.


The Company generally enters into various notes payable as a means of financing a portion of its acquisitions and purchasing of non-controllingnon- controlling interests. In conjunction with these transactions in 2020,2023 and 2022, the Company entered into notes payable in the aggregate amount of $1.4$4.7 million of which an aggregate principal payment of $0.5$0.9 million was paid in 2023, $2.5 million is due in 20212024, and $0.6$1.3 million is due in 2022.2025. Interest accrues in the range of 3.25% to 5.50%7.0% per annum and is payable with each principal installment.

11. Derivative Instruments

The balanceCompany is exposed to certain market risks during the ordinary course of business due to adverse changes in interest rates. The exposure to interest rate risk primarily results from the Company’s variable-rate borrowing. The Company may elect to use derivative financial instruments to manage risks from fluctuations in interest rates. The Company does not purchase or hold derivatives for trading or speculative purposes. Fluctuations in interest rates can be volatile and the Company’s risk management activities do not eliminate these risks.

Interest Rate Swap

In May 2022, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement, effective on June 30, 2022, with Bank of America, N.A. The swap has a $150 million notional value adjusted concurrently with scheduled principal payments made on the term loan. The swap has a maturity date of June 30, 2027. Beginning in July 2022, the Company receives a 1-month SOFR, and pays a fixed rate of interest of 2.815% on 1-month SOFR on a quarterly basis. The total interest rate in any period will also include an applicable margin based on the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio.

In connection with the swap, no cash was exchanged between the Company and the counterparty.

The Company designated its interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge and structured it to be highly effective. Consequently, unrealized gains and losses related to the fair value of the various notes payable entered into priorinterest rate swap are recorded to 2020 was $4.4accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax.

Savings from the interest rate swap arrangement totaled $3.3 million which will be paid for the year ended December 31, 2023, and less than $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. These savings reduce the amount of interest expense, debt and other in 2021.
the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

67
77

The impacts of the Company’s derivative instruments on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income are presented in the table below.

  For the Year Ended
 
  December 31, 2023  December 31, 2022 
  (In thousands)
 
Net income $37,220  $43,407 
Other comprehensive (loss) gain
        
Unrealized (loss) gain on cash flow hedge  (1,642)  5,378 
Tax effect at statutory rate (federal and state)  420   (1,374)
Comprehensive income $35,998  $47,411 
Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interest  (8,981)  (11,249)
Comprehensive income attributable to USPH shareholders  27,017   36,162 

10. LeasesThe valuations of the Company’s interest rate derivatives are measured as the present value of all expected future cash flows based on SOFR-based yield curves. The present value calculation uses discount rates that have been adjusted to reflect the credit quality of the Company and its counterparty, which is a Level 2 fair value measurement.

The carrying and fair value of the Company’s interest rate derivatives (included in other current assets and other assets) were as follows:

 
As of the Year Ended
 
  December 31, 2023  December 31, 2022 
  (In thousands)
 
Other current assets $2,663  $2,858 
Other assets $1,073  $2,520 
   3,736   5,378 

12. Leases

The Company has operating leases for its corporate offices and operating facilities. The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at the inception of a contract. Effective January 1, 2019, right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities are included in the consolidated balance sheet. Right-of-use assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset during the lease term and operating lease liabilities represent net present value of the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the net present value of the fixed lease payments over the lease term. The Company’s operating lease terms are generally five years or less. The Company’s lease terms include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the option will be exercised. As most of the Company’s operating leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. Operating fixed lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.


In accordance with ASC 842, the Company records on its consolidated balance sheet leases with a term greater than 12 months. The Company has elected, in compliance with current accounting standards, not to record leases with an initial term of 12 months or less in the consolidated balance sheet. ASC 842 requires the separation of the fixed lease components from the variable lease components. The Company has elected the practical expedient to account for separate lease components of a contract as a single lease cost thus causing all fixed payments to be capitalized. Non-lease and variable cost components are not included in the measurement of the right-of-use assets or operating lease liabilities. The Company also elected the package of practical expedients permitted within ASC 842, which among other things, allows the Company to carry forward historical lease classification. Variableterm.Variable lease payment amounts that cannot be determined at the commencement of the lease such as increases in lease payments based on changes in index rates or usage are not included in the right-of-use assets or operating lease liabilities. These are expensed as incurred and recorded as variable lease expense.


For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, theThe components of lease expense were as follows (in thousands):follows.

  For the Year Ended 
 December 31, 2023  December 31, 2022  December 31, 2021 
  (In thousands) 
Operating lease cost $38,559  $35,154  $32,021 
Short-term lease cost  1,353   1,049   1,160 
Variable lease cost  8,912   6,287   7,057 
Total lease cost*
 $48,824  $42,490  $40,238 

  Year Ended December 31, 
 2020  2019 
Operating lease cost $30,710  $30,225 
Short-term lease cost  1,454   1,212 
Variable lease cost  5,752   6,074 
Total lease cost*
 $37,916  $37,511 

*Sublease income was immaterialimmaterial.


Lease costs are reflected in the consolidated statements of net income in the line item rent, supplies, contract labor and other.


For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019,78

The supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows (in thousands):follows.


  Year Ended December 31, 
 2020  2019 
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities (in thousands) $30,307  $30,077 
         
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities (in thousands)*
 $32,710  $113,222 

*Includes the right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities for the year 2019 - $82.6 million which were recognized upon adoption of ASC Topic 842 at January 1, 2019.

  For the Year Ended 
 
December 31, 2023
  December 31, 2022  December 31, 2021 
  (In thousands) 
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities
 $39,813  $36,136  $33,192 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities
 $36,264  $40,502  $46,088 

The aggregate future lease payments for operating leases as of December 31, 20202023, were as follows (in thousands):follows.

Fiscal Year Amount 
2021 $29,819 
2022  23,861 
2023  17,787 
2024  11,487 
2025 and therafter  12,294 
Total lease payments $95,248 
Less: imputed interest  5,751 
Total operating lease liabilities $89,497 


Fiscal Year 
Amount
(In thousands)
 
2024 $38,809 
2025
  30,628 
2026
  22,845 
2027
  15,275 
2028 and thereafter  13,174 
Total lease payments $120,731 
Less: imputed interest  8,826 
Total operating lease liabilities $111,905 

Average lease terms and discount rates were as follows:

 Year Ended December 31, 
  2020  2019 
Weighted-average remaining lease term - Operating leases 4.05 Years  4.05 Years 
       
Weighted-average discount rate - Operating leases  3.1%  3.9%

   As of the Year Ended
 
  December 31, 2023  
  December 31, 2022
  December 31, 2021
 
Weighted-average remaining lease term
 3.9 years
  4.1 Years
  4.2 Years 
Weighted-average discount rate
  4.0%  2.9%  2.8%


11.13. Income Taxes


Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities included in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2020 and 2019as of the periods below were as follows (in thousands):follows.

 December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
       
Deferred tax assets:      
Compensation $1,865  $1,964 
Allowance for credit losses  396   514 
Acquired net operating losses  558   840 
Lease obligations - including closed clinics  23,819   21,445 
Deferred tax assets $26,638  $24,763 
Deferred tax liabilities:        
Depreciation and amortization $(12,650) $(13,195)
Operating lease right-of-use assets  (21,419)  (21,416)
Other  (348)  (223)
Deferred tax liabilities  (34,417)  (34,834)
Net deferred tax liability $(7,779) $(10,071)

  As of the Year Ended
 
 December 31, 2023  December 31, 2022 
  (In thousands)
 
Deferred tax assets:      
Compensation $1,680  $1,464 
Allowance for credit losses  574   605 
Lease obligations - including closed clinics  28,592   28,525 
Deferred tax assets $30,846  $30,594 
Deferred tax liabilities:        
Depreciation and amortization $(27,290) $(23,836)
Operating lease right-of-use assets  (26,427)  (26,318)
Gain on cash flow hedge
  (955)  (1,373)
Change in revaluation of put-right liability
  (586)  - 
Other  (403)  (370)
Deferred tax liabilities  (55,661)  (51,897)
Net deferred tax liabilities $(24,815) $(21,303)

The deferred tax assets and liabilities related to purchased interests not yet finalized may result in an immaterial adjustment.

As of December 31, 2020,2023, the Company has a federal income tax payable of $5.7$1.0 million and state tax receivables of $0.7$2.1 million. The federal and state income tax payablereceivable is included in accrued liabilities and the tax receivable is included in other current assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.


The differences between the federal tax rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 were as follows (in thousands):for the periods presented:

  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019  December 31, 2018 
U. S. tax at statutory rate $10,125 21.0% $11,274 21.0% $9,710 21.0% 
State income taxes, net of federal benefit  1,956 3.9%  2,059 3.8%  1,722 3.7% 
Excess equity compensation deduction  (99) 0.0%  (871) -1.6 %  (806) -1.7 % 
Non-deductible expenses  1,040 2.1%  1,185 2.2%  743 1.6% 
  $13,022 27.0% $13,647 25.4% $11,369 24.6% 


  For the Year Ended
 
 December 31, 2023  December 31, 2022  December 31, 2021 
  (In Thousands)
 
U. S. tax at statutory rate $8,483   21.0% $9,307   21.0% $11,782   21.0%
State income taxes, net of federal benefit  2,135   5.3%  2,079   4.7%  2,478   4.4%
Shortfall (excess) equity compensation deduction  123   0.3%  149   0.3%  (246)  -0.4%
Non-deductible expenses  710   1.8%  629   1.4%  1,258   2.2%
Return to provision adjustments
  705   1.7%  -   0.0%  -   0.0%
  $12,156   30.1% $12,164   27.4% $15,272   27.2%

Significant components of the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 were as follows (in thousands):

 
December 31, 2020
  
December 31, 2019
  
December 31, 2018
 
Current:         
Federal $10,506  $6,523  $5,357 
State  2,774   2,473   1,199 
Total current  13,280   8,996   6,556 
Deferred:            
Federal  (38)  3,730   3,771 
State  (220)  921   1,042 
Total deferred  (258)  4,651   4,813 
Total income tax provision $13,022  $13,647  $11,369 
for the periods presented.

  For the Year Ended
 
 
December 31, 2023
  
December 31, 2022
  
December 31, 2021
 
  (In Thousands)
 
Current:         
Federal $6,996  $(770) $7,477 
State  512   518   2,107 
Total current  7,508   (252)  9,584 
Deferred:            
Federal  3,819   9,933   4,866 
State  829   2,483   822 
Total deferred  4,648   12,416   5,688 
Total income tax provision $12,156  $12,164  $15,272 
For 2020, 2019 and 2018,
Each year, the Company performedperforms a detailed reconciliation of its federal and state taxes payable and receivable accounts along with its federal and state deferred tax asset and liability accounts. The adjustments were immaterial.This process resulted in a $1.0 million increase in income tax expense in 2023. The Company considers this reconciliation process to be an annual control.


The Company is required to establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income in the periods which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes that a valuation allowance is not required, as it is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets.


The Company’s U.S. federal returns remain open to examination for 20172020 through 20192022 and U.S. state jurisdictions are open for periods ranging from 20162019 through 20192022.


The Company does not believe that it has any significant uncertain tax positions at December 31, 20202023 and December 31, 2019,2022, nor is this expected to change within the next twelve months due to the settlement and expiration of statutes of limitation.


The Company did 0tnot have any accrued interest or penalties associated with any unrecognized tax benefits nor was any interest expense recognized during the years ended December 31, 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 2018.
2021.

14. Segment Information


The Company’s reportable segments include the physical therapy operations segment and the industrial injury prevention servicesIIP segment. Also included in the physical therapy operations segment are revenues from management contract services and other services which include services the Company provides on-site, such as schools for athletic trainersforschools.



Physical Therapy Operations



The physical therapy operations segment primarily operates through subsidiary clinic partnerships (“Clinic Partnerships”), in which the Company generally owns a 1% general partnership interest in all the Clinic Partnerships. The Company’s limited partnership interests generally range from 65% to 75% (the range is 10% - 99%) in the Clinic Partnerships. The managing therapist of each clinic owns, directly or indirectly, the remaining limited partnership interest in most of the clinics (hereinafter referred to as “Clinic Partnerships”). To a lesser extent, the Company operates some clinics, through wholly-owned subsidiaries, under profit sharing arrangements with therapists (hereinafter referred to as “Wholly-Owned Facilities”).


The Company continues to seek to attract for employment physical therapists who have established relationships with physicians and other referral sources, by offering these therapists a competitive salary and incentives based on the profitability of the clinic that they manage. For multi-site clinic practices in which a controlling interest is acquired by the Company, the prior owners typically continue on as employees to manage the clinic operations, retain a non-controlling ownership interest in the clinics and receive a competitive salary for managing the clinic operations. In addition, the Company has developed satellite clinic facilities as part of existing Clinic Partnerships and Wholly-Owned Facilities, with the result that a substantial number of Clinic Partnerships and Wholly-Owned Facilities operate more than one clinic location.



Besides the multi-clinic acquisitions referenced in the table above, during 2023 and 2022, we purchased the assets and businesses of nine and three physical therapy clinics, respectively, in separate transactions.



Clinic Partnerships



For non-acquired Clinic Partnerships, the earnings and liabilities attributable to the non-controlling interests, typically owned by the managing therapist, directly or indirectly, are recorded within the balance sheets and income statements as non-controlling interest—permanent equity. For acquired Clinic Partnerships with redeemable non-controlling interests, the earnings attributable to the redeemable non-controlling interests are recorded within the consolidated balance sheets and income statements as redeemable non-controlling interest—temporary equity.



Wholly-Owned Facilities



For Wholly-Owned Facilities with profit sharing arrangements, an appropriate accrual is recorded for the amount of profit sharing due the clinic partners/directors. The amount is expensed as compensation and included in clinic operating costs—salaries and related costs. The respective liability is included in current liabilities—accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets.



Industrial Injury Prevention Services



Services provided in the IIP segment include onsite injury prevention and rehabilitation, performance optimization, post offer employment testing, functional capacity evaluations, and ergonomic assessments. The majority of these services are contracted with and paid for directly by employers, including a number of Fortune 500 companies. Other clients include large insurers and their contractors. The Company performs these services through Industrial Sports Medicine Professionals, consisting primarily of specialized certified athletic trainers (“ATCs”).

On October 31, 2023, the Company purchased a 100% interest in an IIP business and a 55% equity interest in an ergonomics software business for a total purchase price of approximately $4.0 million.


Segment Financials


The Company evaluates the performance of the segments based on gross profit. The Company has provided additional information regarding its reportable segments which contributes to the understanding of the Company and provides useful informationinformation..



The following table summarizes selected financial data for the Company’s reportable segments. Prior year results presented herein have been changed to conform to the current presentation.

 December 31,  December 31,  December 31,  For the Year Ended December 31, 
 2020  2019  2018 2023  2022  2021 
 (in thousands)     (in thousands)  
(In thousands)
 
Net operating revenues:         
Net revenue:         
Physical therapy operations $383,770  $444,507  $428,445  $526,548  $476,092  $451,122 
Industrial injury prevention services  39,199   37,462   25,466   78,254   77,052   43,900 
Total Company $422,969  $481,969  $453,911  $604,802  $553,144  $495,022 
                        
Operating Costs:            
Salaries and related costs:            
Physical therapy operations $302,765  $272,360  $251,256 
Industrial injury prevention services  50,625   46,831   27,213 
Total salaries and related costs
 $353,390  $319,191  $278,469 
Rent supplies, contract labor and other:            
Physical therapy operations
 $112,547  $102,114  $88,073 
Industrial injury prevention services
  11,184   14,267   5,993 
Total rent, supplies, contract labor and other
 $123,731  $116,381  $94,066 
Provision for credit losses:            
Physical therapy operations
 $6,129  $5,517  $5,249 
Industrial injury prevention services
  43   31  56 
Total provision for credit losses
 $6,172  $5,548  $5,305 
Total Company $483,293  $441,120  $377,840 
            
Gross profit:                        
Physical therapy operations (excluding closure costs) $88,295  $104,120  $96,463 
Physical therapy operations $105,064  $96,057  $106,488 
Industrial injury prevention services  10,086   8,379   5,192   16,445   15,967   10,694 
 $98,381  $112,499  $101,655 
Physical therapy operations - closure costs  3,931   25   (8)
Gross profit $94,450  $112,474  $101,663 
Total Company $121,509  $112,024  $117,182 
                        
Total Assets:                        
Physical therapy operations $550,181  $518,027  $421,474  $857,274  $708,662  $587,801 
Industrial injury prevention services  44,180   42,818   21,692   139,964   149,492   161,625 
Total Company $594,361  $560,845  $443,166  $997,238  $858,154  $749,426 

15. Investment in Unconsolidated Affiliate

Through one of its subsidiaries, the Company has a 49% joint venture interest in a company which provides physical therapy services for patients at hospitals. The Company is deemed to not have a controlling interest in the company, and therefore the Company’s investment is accounted for using the equity method of accounting. The investment balance of this joint venture as of December 31, 2023, is $12.3 million and the earnings amounted to approximately $1.0 million. The investment balance of this joint venture as of December 31, 2022, was $12.1 million and the earnings amounted to approximately $1.2 million.
13.
16. Equity Based Plans


The Company hasStock-based compensation expense was approximately $7.2 million, $7.3 million, and $7.8 million for the following equity based plans with outstanding equity grants:
years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 respectively. As of December 31, 2023, the remaining $9.8 million of compensation expense will be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.75 years.

Stock Incentive Plans

Amended and Restated 1999 Employee Stock Option Plan

The Amended and Restated 1999 Employee Stock Option Plan (the “Amended 1999 Plan”) permits the Company to grant to non-employee directors and employees of the Company up to 600,000 non-qualified options to purchase shares of common stock and restricted stock (subject to proportionate adjustments in the event of stock dividends, splits, and similar corporate transactions). The exercise prices of options granted under the Amended 1999 Plan are determined by the Compensation Committee. The period within which each option will be exercisable is determined by the Compensation Committee.  TheAs of December 31, 2023, there were less than 0.1 million shares remaining that can be subject to new awards under the Amended 1999 Plan.

Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Option Plan was approved by the shareholders of the Company at the 2008 Shareholders Meeting on May 20, 2008.


The Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Option Plan (the “Amended 2003 Plan”) permits the Company to grant to key employees and outside directors of the Company incentive and non-qualified options and shares of restricted stock covering up to 2,100,0002,600,000 shares of common stock (subject to proportionate adjustments in the event of stock dividends, splits, and similar corporate transactions). The material termsAs of December 31, 2023, there were 0.5 million shares remaining that can be subject to new awards under the Amended 2003 Plan was reapproved by the shareholders of the Company at the 2015 Shareholders Meeting on May 19, 2015 and an increase in the number of shares authorized for issuance from 1,750,000 to 2,100,000 was approved at the 2016 Shareholders Meeting on March 17, 2016.
Plan.

A cumulative summary of equity plans as of December 31, 2020 follows:
Restricted Stock Awards

 Authorized  
Restricted
Stock Issued
  
Outstanding
Stock Options
  
Stock Options
Exercised
  
Stock Options
Exercisable
  
Shares Available
for Grant
 
Equity Plans                  
Amended 1999 Plan  600,000   416,402   0   139,791   0   7,775 
Amended 2003 Plan  2,100,000   1,106,977   0   778,300   0   224,760 
   2,700,000   1,523,379   0   918,091   0   232,535 



During 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 2018,2021, the Company granted the following shares of restricted stock to directors, officers, and employees pursuant to its equity plans as follows:

Year Granted Number of Shares 
Weighted Average Fair
Value Per Share
 
2020 86,982 $104.69 
2019 91,682 $104.85 
2018 93,801 $78.63 


 
  Weighted Average Fair
 
 Year Granted Number of Shares  Value Per Share 
2023  73,384  $102.79 
2022  95,316  $100.08 
2021  60,317  $131.29 

During 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 2018,2021, the following shares were cancelled due to employee terminations prior to restrictions lapsing:

Year Cancelled Number of Shares 
Weighted Average Fair
Value Per Share
 
2020 10,037 $102.52 
2019 1,578 $87.88 
2018 3,867 $59.51 


 
  Weighted Average Fair
 
 Year Cancelled Number of Shares  Value Per Share 
2023  4,086  $103.99 
2022  5,180  $109.42 
2021  439  $113.80 

Generally, restrictions on the stock granted to employees lapse in equal annual installments on the following four anniversaries of the date of grant. For those shares granted to directors, the restrictions will lapse in equal quarterly installments during the first year after the date of grant. For those granted to officers, the restriction will lapse in equal quarterly installments during the four years following the date of grant.


There were 127,562124,638 and 150,771124,939 shares outstanding as of December 31, 20202023, and December 31, 20192022, respectively, for which restrictions had not lapsed. The restrictions will lapse in 2021from 2024 through 2024.


Compensation expense for grants of restricted stock is recognized based on the fair value on the date of grant. Compensation expense for restricted stock grants was $7.9 million, $5.9 million, and $5.0 million, respectively, for 2020, 2019 and 2018. As of December 31, 2020, the remaining $8.8 million of compensation expense will be recognized from 2021 through 2024.
2027.

17. Preferred and Common Stock

Preferred Stock

The Board is empowered, without approval of the shareholders, to cause shares of preferred stock to be issued in one or more series and to establish the number of shares to be included in each such series and the rights, powers, preferences, and limitations of each series. There are no provisions in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation specifying the vote required by the holders of preferred stock to take action. All such provisions would be set out in the designation of any series of preferred stock established by the Board. The bylaws of the Company specify that, when a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall decide any question brought before the meeting, unless a different vote is required by law or the Company’s Articles of Incorporation.


Because the Board has the power to establish the preferences and rights of each series, it may afford the holders of any series of preferred stock, preferences, powers, and rights, voting or otherwise, senior to the right of holders of common stock. The issuance of the preferred stock could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company.

15. Common Stock


From September 2001 through December 31, 2008, the Board authorized the Company to purchase, in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, up to 2,250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. In March 2009, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to 10% or approximately 1,200,000 shares of its common stock (“March 2009 Authorization”). The Amended Credit Agreement permits share repurchasesUnder the March 2009 Authorization, the Company has purchased a total of up to $15,000,000, subject to compliance with covenants.859,499 shares. The Company is required to retire shares purchased under the March 2009 Authorization.


UnderIn November 2023, the Board terminated the March 2009 Authorization such that any such proposed repurchase of our common stock would be considered and determined by the Company has purchased a total of 859,499 shares. There is 0 expiration date for the share repurchase program. There are currently an additional estimated 124,740 shares (based on the closing price of $120.25 on December 31, 2020, the last business day in 2020) that may be purchased from time to time in the open market or private transactions depending on price, availability and the Company’s cash position.Board at such time. The Company did not purchase any shares of its common stock during 20202023, 2022 or 2019.
2021.

72


1,916,667 shares of its common stock at an offering price of $90.00 per share.  Upon completion of the offering, the Company received net proceeds of approximately $163.6 million, after deducting an underwriting discount of $8.6 million and recognizing related fees and expenses of $0.2 million.  A portion of the net proceeds was used to repay the $35.0 million then outstanding under the Company’s credit facility while the remainder is expected to be used primarily for additional acquisitions.

16.18. Defined Contribution Plan


The Company has several 401(k) profit sharing plans covering all employees with three months of service. For certain plans, the Company makes matching contributions. The Company may also make discretionary contributions of up to 50% of employee contributions. The Company did 0tnot make any discretionary contributions for the years ended December 31, 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 2018. 2021.The Company matching contributions totaled $1.9$2.2 million, $2.0 million and $1.8$1.9 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 2018.
2021.

17. Commitments and19. Contingencies


We may be subjectThe Company is a party to litigationvarious legal actions, proceedings, and claims (some of which are not insured), and regulatory and other governmental audits and investigations in the ordinary course of our business.

Prior Florida Legal Matter

In 2019, a qui tam lawsuit (“the Complaint”) was filed by a relator on behalf of the United States against the Company and one of our Florida majority-owned subsidiaries (the “Hale Partnership”).   This whistleblower lawsuit was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Texas, seeking damages and civil penalties under the federal False Claim Act.  The U.S Government declined to intervene in the case and unsealed the Complaint in July 2019.  The Complaint alleged that the Hale Partnership engaged in conduct to purposely “upcode” its billings for services provided to Medicare patients. The plaintiff-relator also claimed that similar false claims occurred on other days and at other Company-owned partnerships.

Employment Agreements

84


At December 31, 2020,
Table of Contents
In January 2022, the Company had outstanding employment agreementsentered into a settlement agreement with 4the plaintiff-relator. In the settlement agreement, the plaintiff-relator released all defendants from liability for all conduct alleged in the Complaint, and the Company admitted no liability or wrongdoing.  In connection with the settlement, the Office of its executive officers, onethe United States Attorney for the Southern District of whom (Mr. McDowell) has provided noticeTexas agreed to a dismissal of a planned retirement in August 2021. The three remaining agreements havethe claims against the Hale Partnership and the Company. Under the terms that expireof the settlement, the Company agreed to make aggregate payments to the government, the plaintiff-relator and her counsel of $2.8 million.

20. Related Party Transactions

For the year ended December 31, 2021, February 28, 2022 and November 8, 2022, respectively; however, each of these agreements provide for an automatic two year renewal at the conclusion of the expiring term or renewal term. All of the agreements contain a provision for annual adjustment of salaries.


In addition, the Company has outstanding employment agreements with most ofrecorded approximately $20,000 related to the managing physical therapist partners of the Company’s physical therapy clinics and with certain other clinic employees which obligate subsidiariesshort swing profit settlement remitted by a shareholder of the Company under Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company recognized the proceeds as an increase to pay compensationadditional paid-in-capital in the consolidated balance sheets as of $37.1 million inDecember 31, 2021, and $6.1 millionconsolidated statements of stockholder’s equity, as well as in cash provided by financing activities included in Other, in the aggregate from 2022 through 2024. In addition, manyconsolidated statements of the employment agreements with the managing physical therapists provide for monthly bonus payments calculated as a percentage of each clinic’s net revenues (not in excess of operating profits) or operating profits.

18. Earnings Per Share


The computations of basic and diluted earnings per sharecash flows, for the yearsyear ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 are as follows (in thousands, except2021.

21. Subsequent Event

On February 27, 2024, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a dividend of $0.44 per share data):which will be paid on April 5, 2024 to shareholders of record as of March 12, 2024.

  Year Ended 
 December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019  December 31, 2018 
Computation of earnings per share - USPH shareholders:         
Net income attributable to USPH shareholders $35,194  $40,039  $34,873 
Credit (charges) to retained earnings:            
Revaluation of redeemable non-controlling interest  (4,632)  (11,893)  (24,770)
Tax effect at statutory rate (federal and state) of 26.25%  1,216   3,121   6,502 
  $31,778  $31,267  $16,605 
             
Earnings per share (basic and diluted) $2.48  $2.45  $1.31 
             
Shares used in computation:            
Basic and diluted earnings per share - weighted-average shares  12,835   12,756   12,666 


73

ITEM 9.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A.CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the fiscal period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in ensuring that the information required to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc. and subsidiaries’ (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the Company’s management and directors; and

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because of its inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting can also be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, the risk.

Management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020.2023. In making this assessment, management used the criteria described in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2020.2023.

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting has been audited by Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report included on page 44.40.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 20202023, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.
OTHER INFORMATION.

Not applicable.

ITEM 9C.DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICATIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTION

Not applicable.

PART III

ITEM 10.DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.GOVERNANCE

The information required in response to this Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement relating to our 20212024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year covered by this report.

ITEM 11.EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.COMPENSATION

The information required in response to this Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement relating to our 20212024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year covered by this report.

ITEM 12.SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENTMANAGEMEMNT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.MATTERS

The information required in response to this Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement relating to our 20212024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year covered by this report.

ITEM 13.CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.INDEPENDENCE

The information required in response to this Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement relating to our 20212024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year covered by this report.

ITEM 14.PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.SERVICES

The information required in response to this Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement relating to our 20212024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year covered by this report.

PART IV

ITEM 15.EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a)Documents filed as a part of this report:SCHEDULES

Documents filed as a part of this report:
1.
1.Financial Statements

Reference is made to the Index to Financial Statements and Related Information under Item 8 in Part II hereof, where these documents are listed.

2.Financial Statement Schedules

2.Financial Statement Schedules. See page 8185 for Schedule II  Valuation and Qualifying Accounts. All other schedules are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

3.Exhibits

3.Exhibits. The exhibits listed in List of Exhibits on the next page are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this report.

ITEM 16.
Form 10-K SummaryNone.

EXHIBIT INDEX
LIST OF EXHIBITS

NumberDescription
Underwriting Agreement, dated May 24, 2023, by and between U.S. Physical Therapy, and BofA Securities, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC., as representatives of the several underwriters named therein. [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 25, 2023.]
  
Articles of Incorporation of the Company [filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference].
  
Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of the Company [filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference].
  
3.3Bylaws of the Company, as amended [filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 1993 and incorporated herein by reference—Commission File Number—1-11151].
  
Description of Company Securities [filed herewith the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 filed with the SEC on February 28, 2020.]
  
1999 Employee Stock Option Plan (as amended and restated May 20, 2008) [incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed with the SEC on April 17, 2008].
  
U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc. 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, (as amended and restated effective March 26, 2016) [incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A to the Company's Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed with the SEC on April 7, 2016.]
  
U. S.First Amendment to U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Long-Term2003 Stock Incentive Plan, for Senior Management for 2013,(as amended and restated effective March 27, 201326, 2016) effective on March 1, 2022 [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1Appendix A to the Company Current ReportCompany's Definitive Proxy Statement on Form 8-KSchedule 14A filed with the SEC on April 1, 2013].4, 2022.]
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Objective Cash Bonus Plan for 2013, effective March 27, 2013 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 1, 2013].
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Cash Bonus Plan for 2013, effective March 27, 2013 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 1, 2013].
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2014, effective March 21, 2014 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 27, 2014].
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Long-Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2014, effective March 21, 2014 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 27, 2014].
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Objective Cash Bonus Plan for Senior Management for 2014, effective March 21, 2014 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 27, 2014].
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Cash Bonus Plan for Senior Management for 2014, effective March 21, 2014 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 27, 2014].
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Long Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2015, effective March 23, 2015 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 27, 2015.]


U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Long Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2015, effective March 23, 2015 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 27, 2015.]
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Objective Cash Bonus Plan for Senior Management for 2015, effective March 23, 2015 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 27, 2015.]
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Cash Bonus Plan for Senior Management for 2015, effective March 23, 2015 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 27, 2015.]
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Objective Long Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2016, effective March 10, 2016 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2016].
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Long Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2016, effective March 10, 2016 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2016].
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Objective Cash Bonus Plan for Senior Management for 2016, effective March 10, 2016 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2016].
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Cash Bonus Plan for Senior Management for 2016, effective March 10, 2016 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2016].
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2016].

NumberDescription
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2017, effective March 24, 2017 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the SEC on February 9, 2018.]
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Long –Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2017, effective March 24, 2017 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 30, 2017.]
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Objective Cash Bonus Plan for Senior Management for 2017, effective March 24, 2017 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 30, 2017.]
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Cash Bonus Plan for Senior Management for 2017, effective March 24, 2017 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 30, 2017.]
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Objective Long-Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2018, effective April 9, 2018 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 12, 2018.] 


U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Long-Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2018, effective April 9, 2018 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 12, 2018.]
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Objective Cash/RSA Bonus Plan for Senior Management for 2018, effective April 9, 2018 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 12, 2018.]
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Cash/RSA Bonus Plan for Senior Management for 2018, effective April 9, 2018 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 12, 2018.]
Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 10, 2017 among the Company, as Borrower, Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent and the Lenders Patty (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 14, 2017).
Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Christopher J. Reading dated effective February 9, 2016 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 12, 2016].
Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Lawrance W. McAfee dated effective February 9, 2016 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 12, 2016].
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Glenn D. McDowell dated effective February 9, 2016 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 12, 2016].
Employment Agreement commencing on March 1, 2018 by and between the Company and Graham Reeve [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2018].
Objective Long-Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 8, 2019.]
  
Discretionary Long-Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 8, 2019.]
 
Objective Cash/RSA Bonus Plan for Senior Management [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 8, 2019.]
 
Discretionary Cash/RSA Bonus Plan for Senior Management [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 8, 2019.]
Third Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Christopher J. Reading dated effective May 21, 2019 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on MarchMay 22, 2019]

78
90


NumberThird Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Lawrance W. McAfee dated effective May 21, 2019 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 22, 2019]Description
  
Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Glenn D. McDowell dated effective May 21, 2019 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 22, 2019]
Amended & Restated Employment Agreement commencing by and between the Company and Graham Reeve dated effective May 21, 2019 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 22, 2019]
  
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 22, 2019]
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Objective Long-Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2020, effective March 3, 2020 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 6, 2020].
  
Amendment to Employment Agreement entered into as of March 26, 2020 by and between the Company and Lawrance McAfee [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 26, 2020].
Amendment to Employment Agreement entered into as of March 26, 2020 by and between the Company and Glenn McDowellChristopher Reading [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 26, 2020].
  
Amendment to Employment Agreement entered into as of March 26, 2020 by and between the Company and Graham Reeve [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 26, 2020].
  
Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Eric Williams entered into on December 3, 2020 and commencing as of July 1, 2021 [filed by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 7, 2020.]
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Objective Long-Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2020,2021, effective March 3, 202017, 2021 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc. on March 16, 2021]
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Long-Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2021, effective March 17, 2021 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc. on March 16, 2021]
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of June 17, 2022 among the Company, as the borrower, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Regions Capital Markets as Syndication Agent, BofA Securities Inc. and Regions Capital Markets as Joint Load Arrangers, BofA Securities Inc., as Sole Bookrunner and the lenders named therein. [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on June 21, 2022]
Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Rick Binstein entered into on March 23, 2022 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 6, 2020].23, 2022]
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Objective Long-Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2022, effective March 14, 2022 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc. on March 14, 2022]
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Long-Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2020,2022, effective March 3, 202014, 2022 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 toof the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SECby U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc. on March 6, 2020].14, 2022]
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Objective Cash/RSA Bonus Plan for Senior Management for 2020,2022, effective March 3, 202014, 2022 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 toof the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SECby U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc. on March 6, 2020].14, 2022]

U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Cash/RSA Bonus Plan for Senior Management for 2020,2022, effective March 3, 202014, 2022 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 toof the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SECby U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc. on March 6, 2020].14, 2022]

U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Objective Long-Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2023, effective March 2, 2023 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc. on March 8, 2023]
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Long-Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2023, effective March 2, 2023 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc. on March 8, 2023]
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Objective Cash/RSA Bonus Plan for Senior Management for 2023, effective March 2, 2023 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc. on March 8, 2023]
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Cash/RSA Bonus Plan for Senior Management for 2023, effective March 2, 2023 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc. on March 8, 2023]
Employment Agreement entered into as of November 9, 2020 by and between U.S. Physical Therapy and Carey Hendrickson [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 23, 2020.]
Consulting Agreement entered into as of September 22, 2020 by and between U.S. Physical Therapy and Lawrence McAfee [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 23, 2020.]

79
92


NumberFirst Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement [filed by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 4, 2021.]
Description
C
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Grant Thornton LLP
  
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
  
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
 
Certification of Controller pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
 
Certification of Periodic Report of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and Controller pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  
U.S. Physical Therapy Compensation Clawback Policy
101.INS*XBRL Instance Document
  
101.SCH*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
  
101.CAL*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
  
101.DEF*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
  
101.LAB*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
  
101.PRE*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

*Filed herewith

+Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

80
93



FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE*
SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
U.S. PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(In Thousands)

 
Balance at
Beginning of Period
  
Additions Charged
to Costs and Expenses
  
Additions Charged
to Other Accounts
  Deductions  
Balance at
End of Period
  
Balance at
Beginning of Period
  
Additions Charged
to Costs and Expenses
  
Additions Charged
to Other Accounts
  Deductions  
Balance at
End of Period
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020:               
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2023:
               
Reserves and allowances deducted from asset accounts:                              
Allowance for credit losses(1)
 $2,698  $4,623   0  $5,313
(2) 
 $2,008  $2,829  $6,172   -  $6,265
(2) 
 $2,736 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019:                    
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2022:
                    
Reserves and allowances deducted from asset accounts:                                        
Allowance for credit losses $2,672  $4,858   0  $4,832
(2) 
 $2,698  $2,768  $5,548   -  $5,487
(2) 
 $2,829 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018:                    
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021:
                    
Reserves and allowances deducted from asset accounts:                                        
Allowance for credit losses $2,273  $4,603   0  $4,204
(2) 
 $2,672  $2,008  $5,305   -  $4,545
(2) 
 $2,768 


(1)Related to patient accounts receivable and accounts receivable-other.
(2)Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries.

*All other schedules are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.


81
ITEM 16.FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


U.S. PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC.

 (Registrant)




By:/s/ Carey Hendrickson

Carey Hendrickson
 
Carey Hendrickson
Chief Financial Officer

 (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
By:/s/ Jon C. Bates
Jon C. Bates
Vice President/Controller

Date: March 1, 2021February 29, 2024

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated as of the date indicated above.

/s/ Carey Hendrickson
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
February 29, 2024
Carey Hendrickson Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
 
/s/ Chris J. Reading
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
March 1, 2021February 29, 2024
Chris J. Reading
   
/s/ Edward L. Kuntz
Chairman of the Board
March 1, 2021February 29, 2024
Edward L. Kuntz
/s/ Mark J. Brookner
Director
March 1, 2021
Mark J. Brookner
/s/ Harry S. Chapman
Director
March 1, 2021
Harry S. Chapman   
/s/ Bernard A. HarrisDirector
Director
March 1, 2021February 29, 2024
Dr. Bernard A. Harris, Jr.
   
/s/ Kathleen A. GilmartinDirector
Director
March 1, 2021February 29, 2024
Kathleen A. Gilmartin
/s/ Anne MotsenbockerDirectorFebruary 29, 2024
Anne Motsenbocker
   
/s/ Reginald E. SwansonDirector
Director
March 1, 2021February 29, 2024
Reginald E. Swanson
   
/s/ Clayton K. TrierDirector
Director
March 1, 2021February 29, 2024
Clayton K. Trier  
/s/ Nancy J. HamDirectorFebruary 29, 2024
Nancy J. Ham 


8296